CGL 21 Tier 2 English Previous Year Paper English Language PDF


Question 1

Read the passage and answer the questions that follow.
A new and extreme tourist attraction has just exploded on to the scene in Iceland: Volcano Walking. It would appear, according to Trip Advisor, that this is one trip that cannot be missed, despite the extortionate cost.
The idea of making Thrihnukagigur volcano accessible was the brainchild of Ami B. Stefansson, a doctor in Reykjavik and a lifelong cave enthusiast. He has been studying caves in Iceland since 1954 and some would argue that there is no-one who has more experience. Thrihnukagigur has always been special to Stefansson ever since he was the first to descend down to the crater base in 1974. Like most people who experience it, he was utterly spellbound by its uniqueness and beauty and made it his mission to protect and preserve this stunning natural phenomenon. Unlike others who may have only seen the profit that could be made from walking into the mouth of a volcano, Stefansson believed that the primary focus was to treat such a grand natural wonder with the utmost respect, to protect and defend it. The first ‘volcano tourists’ entered the volcano in 2005 and it has since been labelled as one of the most unique tourist attractions in the world.
Volcano walkers are taken to the mouth of the crater from where they are lowered in a basket into the depths of the earth. People once thought that volcanoes were portals to Hell and associated with death and destruction and yet the entrance to the crater is awe-inspiring and almost ethereal. The vastness of it can feel overwhelming; it is the size of a cathedral and the Statue of Liberty could easily fit into the shaft. After 6 minutes and 120 metres, visitors arrive at the crater base. The ground space is the size of three full-sized basketball courts placed next to each
At the bottom there is a reverent hush. People whisper in respect to the sleeping giant who has lain dormant for 4,000 years. The subterranean walls are scorched with colours from a divine palette: magenta red, vibrant purple, burnt orange, vivid green and honey yellow. The colour intensifies in certain places where 4000 years ago the magma was pushed out with brutal force. This is Mother Nature’s secret place, her private art studio where visitors feel like trespassers. The protruding rock faces show a tapestry of patterns and formations that have been molded by heat, pressure and time. Floodlights illuminate the walls and draw attention to the beauty humans were never intended to see. A light rain weeps from the porous rock above and covers the crater sides with a shine that makes it sparkle. The scorch marks can be seen close up – at one point in time these rock faces were glowing red with fiery heat. This giant, although sleeping, is still dangerous: an 80-metre drop into the void is disguised by a collection of rocks close to where visitors stand.
It is a soul-enriching experience and visitors often report feeling deeply moved by the beauty and tranquillity of something that was once so destructive and angry. Confronted with this result of the unrestrained forces of nature, it is hard not to feel small and powerless in comparison. Sadly, the magical spell is broken when the basket appears, indicating that it is time for visitors to return to reality. On the return hike, visitors walk across the lava fields as though they are astronauts on the moon. They pass enormous open wounds where the landscape is literally tearing itself apart as tectonic plates slowly shift. It serves as one final reminder that this giant is merely dormant, not dead.Why is the bottom of the volcano called ‘nature’s art studio’?

Read the passage and answer the questions that follow.
A new and extreme tourist attraction has just exploded on to the scene in Iceland: Volcano Walking. It would appear, according to Trip Advisor, that this is one trip that cannot be missed, despite the extortionate cost.
The idea of making Thrihnukagigur volcano accessible was the brainchild of Ami B. Stefansson, a doctor in Reykjavik and a lifelong cave enthusiast. He has been studying caves in Iceland since 1954 and some would argue that there is no-one who has more experience. Thrihnukagigur has always been special to Stefansson ever since he was the first to descend down to the crater base in 1974. Like most people who experience it, he was utterly spellbound by its uniqueness and beauty and made it his mission to protect and preserve this stunning natural phenomenon. Unlike others who may have only seen the profit that could be made from walking into the mouth of a volcano, Stefansson believed that the primary focus was to treat such a grand natural wonder with the utmost respect, to protect and defend it. The first ‘volcano tourists’ entered the volcano in 2005 and it has since been labelled as one of the most unique tourist attractions in the world.
Volcano walkers are taken to the mouth of the crater from where they are lowered in a basket into the depths of the earth. People once thought that volcanoes were portals to Hell and associated with death and destruction and yet the entrance to the crater is awe-inspiring and almost ethereal. The vastness of it can feel overwhelming; it is the size of a cathedral and the Statue of Liberty could easily fit into the shaft. After 6 minutes and 120 metres, visitors arrive at the crater base. The ground space is the size of three full-sized basketball courts placed next to each
At the bottom there is a reverent hush. People whisper in respect to the sleeping giant who has lain dormant for 4,000 years. The subterranean walls are scorched with colours from a divine palette: magenta red, vibrant purple, burnt orange, vivid green and honey yellow. The colour intensifies in certain places where 4000 years ago the magma was pushed out with brutal force. This is Mother Nature’s secret place, her private art studio where visitors feel like trespassers. The protruding rock faces show a tapestry of patterns and formations that have been molded by heat, pressure and time. Floodlights illuminate the walls and draw attention to the beauty humans were never intended to see. A light rain weeps from the porous rock above and covers the crater sides with a shine that makes it sparkle. The scorch marks can be seen close up – at one point in time these rock faces were glowing red with fiery heat. This giant, although sleeping, is still dangerous: an 80-metre drop into the void is disguised by a collection of rocks close to where visitors stand.
It is a soul-enriching experience and visitors often report feeling deeply moved by the beauty and tranquillity of something that was once so destructive and angry. Confronted with this result of the unrestrained forces of nature, it is hard not to feel small and powerless in comparison. Sadly, the magical spell is broken when the basket appears, indicating that it is time for visitors to return to reality. On the return hike, visitors walk across the lava fields as though they are astronauts on the moon. They pass enormous open wounds where the landscape is literally tearing itself apart as tectonic plates slowly shift. It serves as one final reminder that this giant is merely dormant, not dead.Why is the bottom of the volcano called ‘nature’s art studio’?


Options

A

it looks like a cathedral

it looks like a cathedral

B

the walls are covered with patterns in bright hues

the walls are covered with patterns in bright hues

C

the rocks sparkle with a divine light

the rocks sparkle with a divine light

D

the entrance is vast and ethereal

the entrance is vast and ethereal


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

the walls are covered with patterns in bright hues

the walls are covered with patterns in bright hues


The subterranean walls are scorched with colours from a divine palette: magenta red, vibrant purple, burnt orange, vivid green and honey yellow. The colour intensifies in certain places where 4000 years ago the magma was pushed out with brutal force. This is Mother Nature’s secret place, her private art studio where visitors feel like trespassers.

 

from the above statement we can say that option B is the right answer here

Question 2

Read the passage and answer the questions that follow.
A new and extreme tourist attraction has just exploded on to the scene in Iceland: Volcano Walking. It would appear, according to Trip Advisor, that this is one trip that cannot be missed, despite the extortionate cost.
The idea of making Thrihnukagigur volcano accessible was the brainchild of Ami B. Stefansson, a doctor in Reykjavik and a lifelong cave enthusiast. He has been studying caves in Iceland since 1954 and some would argue that there is no-one who has more experience. Thrihnukagigur has always been special to Stefansson ever since he was the first to descend down to the crater base in 1974. Like most people who experience it, he was utterly spellbound by its uniqueness and beauty and made it his mission to protect and preserve this stunning natural phenomenon. Unlike others who may have only seen the profit that could be made from walking into the mouth of a volcano, Stefansson believed that the primary focus was to treat such a grand natural wonder with the utmost respect, to protect and defend it. The first ‘volcano tourists’ entered the volcano in 2005 and it has since been labelled as one of the most unique tourist attractions in the world.
Volcano walkers are taken to the mouth of the crater from where they are lowered in a basket into the depths of the earth. People once thought that volcanoes were portals to Hell and associated with death and destruction and yet the entrance to the crater is awe-inspiring and almost ethereal. The vastness of it can feel overwhelming; it is the size of a cathedral and the Statue of Liberty could easily fit into the shaft. After 6 minutes and 120 metres, visitors arrive at the crater base. The ground space is the size of three full-sized basketball courts placed next to each
At the bottom there is a reverent hush. People whisper in respect to the sleeping giant who has lain dormant for 4,000 years. The subterranean walls are scorched with colours from a divine palette: magenta red, vibrant purple, burnt orange, vivid green and honey yellow. The colour intensifies in certain places where 4000 years ago the magma was pushed out with brutal force. This is Mother Nature’s secret place, her private art studio where visitors feel like trespassers. The protruding rock faces show a tapestry of patterns and formations that have been molded by heat, pressure and time. Floodlights illuminate the walls and draw attention to the beauty humans were never intended to see. A light rain weeps from the porous rock above and covers the crater sides with a shine that makes it sparkle. The scorch marks can be seen close up – at one point in time these rock faces were glowing red with fiery heat. This giant, although sleeping, is still dangerous: an 80-metre drop into the void is disguised by a collection of rocks close to where visitors stand.
It is a soul-enriching experience and visitors often report feeling deeply moved by the beauty and tranquillity of something that was once so destructive and angry. Confronted with this result of the unrestrained forces of nature, it is hard not to feel small and powerless in comparison. Sadly, the magical spell is broken when the basket appears, indicating that it is time for visitors to return to reality. On the return hike, visitors walk across the lava fields as though they are astronauts on the moon. They pass enormous open wounds where the landscape is literally tearing itself apart as tectonic plates slowly shift. It serves as one final reminder that this giant is merely dormant, not dead.What feelings do visitors have when they visit the volcano?

Read the passage and answer the questions that follow.
A new and extreme tourist attraction has just exploded on to the scene in Iceland: Volcano Walking. It would appear, according to Trip Advisor, that this is one trip that cannot be missed, despite the extortionate cost.
The idea of making Thrihnukagigur volcano accessible was the brainchild of Ami B. Stefansson, a doctor in Reykjavik and a lifelong cave enthusiast. He has been studying caves in Iceland since 1954 and some would argue that there is no-one who has more experience. Thrihnukagigur has always been special to Stefansson ever since he was the first to descend down to the crater base in 1974. Like most people who experience it, he was utterly spellbound by its uniqueness and beauty and made it his mission to protect and preserve this stunning natural phenomenon. Unlike others who may have only seen the profit that could be made from walking into the mouth of a volcano, Stefansson believed that the primary focus was to treat such a grand natural wonder with the utmost respect, to protect and defend it. The first ‘volcano tourists’ entered the volcano in 2005 and it has since been labelled as one of the most unique tourist attractions in the world.
Volcano walkers are taken to the mouth of the crater from where they are lowered in a basket into the depths of the earth. People once thought that volcanoes were portals to Hell and associated with death and destruction and yet the entrance to the crater is awe-inspiring and almost ethereal. The vastness of it can feel overwhelming; it is the size of a cathedral and the Statue of Liberty could easily fit into the shaft. After 6 minutes and 120 metres, visitors arrive at the crater base. The ground space is the size of three full-sized basketball courts placed next to each
At the bottom there is a reverent hush. People whisper in respect to the sleeping giant who has lain dormant for 4,000 years. The subterranean walls are scorched with colours from a divine palette: magenta red, vibrant purple, burnt orange, vivid green and honey yellow. The colour intensifies in certain places where 4000 years ago the magma was pushed out with brutal force. This is Mother Nature’s secret place, her private art studio where visitors feel like trespassers. The protruding rock faces show a tapestry of patterns and formations that have been molded by heat, pressure and time. Floodlights illuminate the walls and draw attention to the beauty humans were never intended to see. A light rain weeps from the porous rock above and covers the crater sides with a shine that makes it sparkle. The scorch marks can be seen close up – at one point in time these rock faces were glowing red with fiery heat. This giant, although sleeping, is still dangerous: an 80-metre drop into the void is disguised by a collection of rocks close to where visitors stand.
It is a soul-enriching experience and visitors often report feeling deeply moved by the beauty and tranquillity of something that was once so destructive and angry. Confronted with this result of the unrestrained forces of nature, it is hard not to feel small and powerless in comparison. Sadly, the magical spell is broken when the basket appears, indicating that it is time for visitors to return to reality. On the return hike, visitors walk across the lava fields as though they are astronauts on the moon. They pass enormous open wounds where the landscape is literally tearing itself apart as tectonic plates slowly shift. It serves as one final reminder that this giant is merely dormant, not dead.What feelings do visitors have when they visit the volcano?


Options

A

reverence

reverence

B

fear

fear

C

indifference

indifference

D

anger

anger


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

reverence

reverence


. Unlike others who may have only seen the profit that could be made from walking into the mouth of a volcano, Stefansson believed that the primary focus was to treat such a grand natural wonder with the utmost respect, to protect and defend it.

 

in the above statement we see the word RESPECT that indicates that the visitors have the feelings or reverence when they visit there

Question 3

Read the passage and answer the questions that follow.
A new and extreme tourist attraction has just exploded on to the scene in Iceland: Volcano Walking. It would appear, according to Trip Advisor, that this is one trip that cannot be missed, despite the extortionate cost.
The idea of making Thrihnukagigur volcano accessible was the brainchild of Ami B. Stefansson, a doctor in Reykjavik and a lifelong cave enthusiast. He has been studying caves in Iceland since 1954 and some would argue that there is no-one who has more experience. Thrihnukagigur has always been special to Stefansson ever since he was the first to descend down to the crater base in 1974. Like most people who experience it, he was utterly spellbound by its uniqueness and beauty and made it his mission to protect and preserve this stunning natural phenomenon. Unlike others who may have only seen the profit that could be made from walking into the mouth of a volcano, Stefansson believed that the primary focus was to treat such a grand natural wonder with the utmost respect, to protect and defend it. The first ‘volcano tourists’ entered the volcano in 2005 and it has since been labelled as one of the most unique tourist attractions in the world.
Volcano walkers are taken to the mouth of the crater from where they are lowered in a basket into the depths of the earth. People once thought that volcanoes were portals to Hell and associated with death and destruction and yet the entrance to the crater is awe-inspiring and almost ethereal. The vastness of it can feel overwhelming; it is the size of a cathedral and the Statue of Liberty could easily fit into the shaft. After 6 minutes and 120 metres, visitors arrive at the crater base. The ground space is the size of three full-sized basketball courts placed next to each
At the bottom there is a reverent hush. People whisper in respect to the sleeping giant who has lain dormant for 4,000 years. The subterranean walls are scorched with colours from a divine palette: magenta red, vibrant purple, burnt orange, vivid green and honey yellow. The colour intensifies in certain places where 4000 years ago the magma was pushed out with brutal force. This is Mother Nature’s secret place, her private art studio where visitors feel like trespassers. The protruding rock faces show a tapestry of patterns and formations that have been molded by heat, pressure and time. Floodlights illuminate the walls and draw attention to the beauty humans were never intended to see. A light rain weeps from the porous rock above and covers the crater sides with a shine that makes it sparkle. The scorch marks can be seen close up – at one point in time these rock faces were glowing red with fiery heat. This giant, although sleeping, is still dangerous: an 80-metre drop into the void is disguised by a collection of rocks close to where visitors stand.
It is a soul-enriching experience and visitors often report feeling deeply moved by the beauty and tranquillity of something that was once so destructive and angry. Confronted with this result of the unrestrained forces of nature, it is hard not to feel small and powerless in comparison. Sadly, the magical spell is broken when the basket appears, indicating that it is time for visitors to return to reality. On the return hike, visitors walk across the lava fields as though they are astronauts on the moon. They pass enormous open wounds where the landscape is literally tearing itself apart as tectonic plates slowly shift. It serves as one final reminder that this giant is merely dormant, not dead.Select the correct synonym of the word

EXTORTIONATE

Read the passage and answer the questions that follow.
A new and extreme tourist attraction has just exploded on to the scene in Iceland: Volcano Walking. It would appear, according to Trip Advisor, that this is one trip that cannot be missed, despite the extortionate cost.
The idea of making Thrihnukagigur volcano accessible was the brainchild of Ami B. Stefansson, a doctor in Reykjavik and a lifelong cave enthusiast. He has been studying caves in Iceland since 1954 and some would argue that there is no-one who has more experience. Thrihnukagigur has always been special to Stefansson ever since he was the first to descend down to the crater base in 1974. Like most people who experience it, he was utterly spellbound by its uniqueness and beauty and made it his mission to protect and preserve this stunning natural phenomenon. Unlike others who may have only seen the profit that could be made from walking into the mouth of a volcano, Stefansson believed that the primary focus was to treat such a grand natural wonder with the utmost respect, to protect and defend it. The first ‘volcano tourists’ entered the volcano in 2005 and it has since been labelled as one of the most unique tourist attractions in the world.
Volcano walkers are taken to the mouth of the crater from where they are lowered in a basket into the depths of the earth. People once thought that volcanoes were portals to Hell and associated with death and destruction and yet the entrance to the crater is awe-inspiring and almost ethereal. The vastness of it can feel overwhelming; it is the size of a cathedral and the Statue of Liberty could easily fit into the shaft. After 6 minutes and 120 metres, visitors arrive at the crater base. The ground space is the size of three full-sized basketball courts placed next to each
At the bottom there is a reverent hush. People whisper in respect to the sleeping giant who has lain dormant for 4,000 years. The subterranean walls are scorched with colours from a divine palette: magenta red, vibrant purple, burnt orange, vivid green and honey yellow. The colour intensifies in certain places where 4000 years ago the magma was pushed out with brutal force. This is Mother Nature’s secret place, her private art studio where visitors feel like trespassers. The protruding rock faces show a tapestry of patterns and formations that have been molded by heat, pressure and time. Floodlights illuminate the walls and draw attention to the beauty humans were never intended to see. A light rain weeps from the porous rock above and covers the crater sides with a shine that makes it sparkle. The scorch marks can be seen close up – at one point in time these rock faces were glowing red with fiery heat. This giant, although sleeping, is still dangerous: an 80-metre drop into the void is disguised by a collection of rocks close to where visitors stand.
It is a soul-enriching experience and visitors often report feeling deeply moved by the beauty and tranquillity of something that was once so destructive and angry. Confronted with this result of the unrestrained forces of nature, it is hard not to feel small and powerless in comparison. Sadly, the magical spell is broken when the basket appears, indicating that it is time for visitors to return to reality. On the return hike, visitors walk across the lava fields as though they are astronauts on the moon. They pass enormous open wounds where the landscape is literally tearing itself apart as tectonic plates slowly shift. It serves as one final reminder that this giant is merely dormant, not dead.Select the correct synonym of the word

EXTORTIONATE


Options

A

exonerate

exonerate

B

exorcist

exorcist

C

exotic

exotic

D

exorbitant

exorbitant


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

exorbitant

exorbitant


the word 

extortionate

adjective

adjective: extortionate

(used especially about prices) much too high

exorbitant- (used about the cost of something) much more expensive than it should be

so option D is the right answer

Question 4

Read the passage and answer the questions that follow.
A new and extreme tourist attraction has just exploded on to the scene in Iceland: Volcano Walking. It would appear, according to Trip Advisor, that this is one trip that cannot be missed, despite the extortionate cost.
The idea of making Thrihnukagigur volcano accessible was the brainchild of Ami B. Stefansson, a doctor in Reykjavik and a lifelong cave enthusiast. He has been studying caves in Iceland since 1954 and some would argue that there is no-one who has more experience. Thrihnukagigur has always been special to Stefansson ever since he was the first to descend down to the crater base in 1974. Like most people who experience it, he was utterly spellbound by its uniqueness and beauty and made it his mission to protect and preserve this stunning natural phenomenon. Unlike others who may have only seen the profit that could be made from walking into the mouth of a volcano, Stefansson believed that the primary focus was to treat such a grand natural wonder with the utmost respect, to protect and defend it. The first ‘volcano tourists’ entered the volcano in 2005 and it has since been labelled as one of the most unique tourist attractions in the world.
Volcano walkers are taken to the mouth of the crater from where they are lowered in a basket into the depths of the earth. People once thought that volcanoes were portals to Hell and associated with death and destruction and yet the entrance to the crater is awe-inspiring and almost ethereal. The vastness of it can feel overwhelming; it is the size of a cathedral and the Statue of Liberty could easily fit into the shaft. After 6 minutes and 120 metres, visitors arrive at the crater base. The ground space is the size of three full-sized basketball courts placed next to each
At the bottom there is a reverent hush. People whisper in respect to the sleeping giant who has lain dormant for 4,000 years. The subterranean walls are scorched with colours from a divine palette: magenta red, vibrant purple, burnt orange, vivid green and honey yellow. The colour intensifies in certain places where 4000 years ago the magma was pushed out with brutal force. This is Mother Nature’s secret place, her private art studio where visitors feel like trespassers. The protruding rock faces show a tapestry of patterns and formations that have been molded by heat, pressure and time. Floodlights illuminate the walls and draw attention to the beauty humans were never intended to see. A light rain weeps from the porous rock above and covers the crater sides with a shine that makes it sparkle. The scorch marks can be seen close up – at one point in time these rock faces were glowing red with fiery heat. This giant, although sleeping, is still dangerous: an 80-metre drop into the void is disguised by a collection of rocks close to where visitors stand.
It is a soul-enriching experience and visitors often report feeling deeply moved by the beauty and tranquillity of something that was once so destructive and angry. Confronted with this result of the unrestrained forces of nature, it is hard not to feel small and powerless in comparison. Sadly, the magical spell is broken when the basket appears, indicating that it is time for visitors to return to reality. On the return hike, visitors walk across the lava fields as though they are astronauts on the moon. They pass enormous open wounds where the landscape is literally tearing itself apart as tectonic plates slowly shift. It serves as one final reminder that this giant is merely dormant, not dead.What is the most appropriate title for the passage?

Read the passage and answer the questions that follow.
A new and extreme tourist attraction has just exploded on to the scene in Iceland: Volcano Walking. It would appear, according to Trip Advisor, that this is one trip that cannot be missed, despite the extortionate cost.
The idea of making Thrihnukagigur volcano accessible was the brainchild of Ami B. Stefansson, a doctor in Reykjavik and a lifelong cave enthusiast. He has been studying caves in Iceland since 1954 and some would argue that there is no-one who has more experience. Thrihnukagigur has always been special to Stefansson ever since he was the first to descend down to the crater base in 1974. Like most people who experience it, he was utterly spellbound by its uniqueness and beauty and made it his mission to protect and preserve this stunning natural phenomenon. Unlike others who may have only seen the profit that could be made from walking into the mouth of a volcano, Stefansson believed that the primary focus was to treat such a grand natural wonder with the utmost respect, to protect and defend it. The first ‘volcano tourists’ entered the volcano in 2005 and it has since been labelled as one of the most unique tourist attractions in the world.
Volcano walkers are taken to the mouth of the crater from where they are lowered in a basket into the depths of the earth. People once thought that volcanoes were portals to Hell and associated with death and destruction and yet the entrance to the crater is awe-inspiring and almost ethereal. The vastness of it can feel overwhelming; it is the size of a cathedral and the Statue of Liberty could easily fit into the shaft. After 6 minutes and 120 metres, visitors arrive at the crater base. The ground space is the size of three full-sized basketball courts placed next to each
At the bottom there is a reverent hush. People whisper in respect to the sleeping giant who has lain dormant for 4,000 years. The subterranean walls are scorched with colours from a divine palette: magenta red, vibrant purple, burnt orange, vivid green and honey yellow. The colour intensifies in certain places where 4000 years ago the magma was pushed out with brutal force. This is Mother Nature’s secret place, her private art studio where visitors feel like trespassers. The protruding rock faces show a tapestry of patterns and formations that have been molded by heat, pressure and time. Floodlights illuminate the walls and draw attention to the beauty humans were never intended to see. A light rain weeps from the porous rock above and covers the crater sides with a shine that makes it sparkle. The scorch marks can be seen close up – at one point in time these rock faces were glowing red with fiery heat. This giant, although sleeping, is still dangerous: an 80-metre drop into the void is disguised by a collection of rocks close to where visitors stand.
It is a soul-enriching experience and visitors often report feeling deeply moved by the beauty and tranquillity of something that was once so destructive and angry. Confronted with this result of the unrestrained forces of nature, it is hard not to feel small and powerless in comparison. Sadly, the magical spell is broken when the basket appears, indicating that it is time for visitors to return to reality. On the return hike, visitors walk across the lava fields as though they are astronauts on the moon. They pass enormous open wounds where the landscape is literally tearing itself apart as tectonic plates slowly shift. It serves as one final reminder that this giant is merely dormant, not dead.What is the most appropriate title for the passage?


Options

A

Adventures of a Cave Enthusiast

Adventures of a Cave Enthusiast

B

Harnessing of Destructive Forces

Harnessing of Destructive Forces

C

Volcano Walking- A Unique Experience

Volcano Walking- A Unique Experience

D

The Mysteries of the Subterranean

The Mysteries of the Subterranean


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

Volcano Walking- A Unique Experience

Volcano Walking- A Unique Experience


option C is the most appropriate title for the above passage

Question 5

Read the passage and answer the questions that follow.
A new and extreme tourist attraction has just exploded on to the scene in Iceland: Volcano Walking. It would appear, according to Trip Advisor, that this is one trip that cannot be missed, despite the extortionate cost.
The idea of making Thrihnukagigur volcano accessible was the brainchild of Ami B. Stefansson, a doctor in Reykjavik and a lifelong cave enthusiast. He has been studying caves in Iceland since 1954 and some would argue that there is no-one who has more experience. Thrihnukagigur has always been special to Stefansson ever since he was the first to descend down to the crater base in 1974. Like most people who experience it, he was utterly spellbound by its uniqueness and beauty and made it his mission to protect and preserve this stunning natural phenomenon. Unlike others who may have only seen the profit that could be made from walking into the mouth of a volcano, Stefansson believed that the primary focus was to treat such a grand natural wonder with the utmost respect, to protect and defend it. The first ‘volcano tourists’ entered the volcano in 2005 and it has since been labelled as one of the most unique tourist attractions in the world.
Volcano walkers are taken to the mouth of the crater from where they are lowered in a basket into the depths of the earth. People once thought that volcanoes were portals to Hell and associated with death and destruction and yet the entrance to the crater is awe-inspiring and almost ethereal. The vastness of it can feel overwhelming; it is the size of a cathedral and the Statue of Liberty could easily fit into the shaft. After 6 minutes and 120 metres, visitors arrive at the crater base. The ground space is the size of three full-sized basketball courts placed next to each
At the bottom there is a reverent hush. People whisper in respect to the sleeping giant who has lain dormant for 4,000 years. The subterranean walls are scorched with colours from a divine palette: magenta red, vibrant purple, burnt orange, vivid green and honey yellow. The colour intensifies in certain places where 4000 years ago the magma was pushed out with brutal force. This is Mother Nature’s secret place, her private art studio where visitors feel like trespassers. The protruding rock faces show a tapestry of patterns and formations that have been molded by heat, pressure and time. Floodlights illuminate the walls and draw attention to the beauty humans were never intended to see. A light rain weeps from the porous rock above and covers the crater sides with a shine that makes it sparkle. The scorch marks can be seen close up – at one point in time these rock faces were glowing red with fiery heat. This giant, although sleeping, is still dangerous: an 80-metre drop into the void is disguised by a collection of rocks close to where visitors stand.
It is a soul-enriching experience and visitors often report feeling deeply moved by the beauty and tranquillity of something that was once so destructive and angry. Confronted with this result of the unrestrained forces of nature, it is hard not to feel small and powerless in comparison. Sadly, the magical spell is broken when the basket appears, indicating that it is time for visitors to return to reality. On the return hike, visitors walk across the lava fields as though they are astronauts on the moon. They pass enormous open wounds where the landscape is literally tearing itself apart as tectonic plates slowly shift. It serves as one final reminder that this giant is merely dormant, not dead.The volcano is referred to as the ‘sleeping giant’ in the passage because

Read the passage and answer the questions that follow.
A new and extreme tourist attraction has just exploded on to the scene in Iceland: Volcano Walking. It would appear, according to Trip Advisor, that this is one trip that cannot be missed, despite the extortionate cost.
The idea of making Thrihnukagigur volcano accessible was the brainchild of Ami B. Stefansson, a doctor in Reykjavik and a lifelong cave enthusiast. He has been studying caves in Iceland since 1954 and some would argue that there is no-one who has more experience. Thrihnukagigur has always been special to Stefansson ever since he was the first to descend down to the crater base in 1974. Like most people who experience it, he was utterly spellbound by its uniqueness and beauty and made it his mission to protect and preserve this stunning natural phenomenon. Unlike others who may have only seen the profit that could be made from walking into the mouth of a volcano, Stefansson believed that the primary focus was to treat such a grand natural wonder with the utmost respect, to protect and defend it. The first ‘volcano tourists’ entered the volcano in 2005 and it has since been labelled as one of the most unique tourist attractions in the world.
Volcano walkers are taken to the mouth of the crater from where they are lowered in a basket into the depths of the earth. People once thought that volcanoes were portals to Hell and associated with death and destruction and yet the entrance to the crater is awe-inspiring and almost ethereal. The vastness of it can feel overwhelming; it is the size of a cathedral and the Statue of Liberty could easily fit into the shaft. After 6 minutes and 120 metres, visitors arrive at the crater base. The ground space is the size of three full-sized basketball courts placed next to each
At the bottom there is a reverent hush. People whisper in respect to the sleeping giant who has lain dormant for 4,000 years. The subterranean walls are scorched with colours from a divine palette: magenta red, vibrant purple, burnt orange, vivid green and honey yellow. The colour intensifies in certain places where 4000 years ago the magma was pushed out with brutal force. This is Mother Nature’s secret place, her private art studio where visitors feel like trespassers. The protruding rock faces show a tapestry of patterns and formations that have been molded by heat, pressure and time. Floodlights illuminate the walls and draw attention to the beauty humans were never intended to see. A light rain weeps from the porous rock above and covers the crater sides with a shine that makes it sparkle. The scorch marks can be seen close up – at one point in time these rock faces were glowing red with fiery heat. This giant, although sleeping, is still dangerous: an 80-metre drop into the void is disguised by a collection of rocks close to where visitors stand.
It is a soul-enriching experience and visitors often report feeling deeply moved by the beauty and tranquillity of something that was once so destructive and angry. Confronted with this result of the unrestrained forces of nature, it is hard not to feel small and powerless in comparison. Sadly, the magical spell is broken when the basket appears, indicating that it is time for visitors to return to reality. On the return hike, visitors walk across the lava fields as though they are astronauts on the moon. They pass enormous open wounds where the landscape is literally tearing itself apart as tectonic plates slowly shift. It serves as one final reminder that this giant is merely dormant, not dead.The volcano is referred to as the ‘sleeping giant’ in the passage because


Options

A

it is a dormant volcano

it is a dormant volcano

B

it is very destructive

it is very destructive

C

it is an active volcano

it is an active volcano

D

it is very deep

it is very deep


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

it is a dormant volcano

it is a dormant volcano


At the bottom there is a reverent hush. People whisper in respect to the sleeping giant who has lain dormant for 4,000 years. The subterranean walls are scorched with colours from a divine palette: magenta red, vibrant purple, burnt orange, vivid green and honey yellow

 

from the above part of the passage we can say that it is called a sleeping giant becuse it is a dormant volcano

Question 6

Read the passage and answer the questions that follow.
A new and extreme tourist attraction has just exploded on to the scene in Iceland: Volcano Walking. It would appear, according to Trip Advisor, that this is one trip that cannot be missed, despite the extortionate cost.
The idea of making Thrihnukagigur volcano accessible was the brainchild of Ami B. Stefansson, a doctor in Reykjavik and a lifelong cave enthusiast. He has been studying caves in Iceland since 1954 and some would argue that there is no-one who has more experience. Thrihnukagigur has always been special to Stefansson ever since he was the first to descend down to the crater base in 1974. Like most people who experience it, he was utterly spellbound by its uniqueness and beauty and made it his mission to protect and preserve this stunning natural phenomenon. Unlike others who may have only seen the profit that could be made from walking into the mouth of a volcano, Stefansson believed that the primary focus was to treat such a grand natural wonder with the utmost respect, to protect and defend it. The first ‘volcano tourists’ entered the volcano in 2005 and it has since been labelled as one of the most unique tourist attractions in the world.
Volcano walkers are taken to the mouth of the crater from where they are lowered in a basket into the depths of the earth. People once thought that volcanoes were portals to Hell and associated with death and destruction and yet the entrance to the crater is awe-inspiring and almost ethereal. The vastness of it can feel overwhelming; it is the size of a cathedral and the Statue of Liberty could easily fit into the shaft. After 6 minutes and 120 metres, visitors arrive at the crater base. The ground space is the size of three full-sized basketball courts placed next to each
At the bottom there is a reverent hush. People whisper in respect to the sleeping giant who has lain dormant for 4,000 years. The subterranean walls are scorched with colours from a divine palette: magenta red, vibrant purple, burnt orange, vivid green and honey yellow. The colour intensifies in certain places where 4000 years ago the magma was pushed out with brutal force. This is Mother Nature’s secret place, her private art studio where visitors feel like trespassers. The protruding rock faces show a tapestry of patterns and formations that have been molded by heat, pressure and time. Floodlights illuminate the walls and draw attention to the beauty humans were never intended to see. A light rain weeps from the porous rock above and covers the crater sides with a shine that makes it sparkle. The scorch marks can be seen close up – at one point in time these rock faces were glowing red with fiery heat. This giant, although sleeping, is still dangerous: an 80-metre drop into the void is disguised by a collection of rocks close to where visitors stand.
It is a soul-enriching experience and visitors often report feeling deeply moved by the beauty and tranquillity of something that was once so destructive and angry. Confronted with this result of the unrestrained forces of nature, it is hard not to feel small and powerless in comparison. Sadly, the magical spell is broken when the basket appears, indicating that it is time for visitors to return to reality. On the return hike, visitors walk across the lava fields as though they are astronauts on the moon. They pass enormous open wounds where the landscape is literally tearing itself apart as tectonic plates slowly shift. It serves as one final reminder that this giant is merely dormant, not dead.The given passage is a ______ passage.

Read the passage and answer the questions that follow.
A new and extreme tourist attraction has just exploded on to the scene in Iceland: Volcano Walking. It would appear, according to Trip Advisor, that this is one trip that cannot be missed, despite the extortionate cost.
The idea of making Thrihnukagigur volcano accessible was the brainchild of Ami B. Stefansson, a doctor in Reykjavik and a lifelong cave enthusiast. He has been studying caves in Iceland since 1954 and some would argue that there is no-one who has more experience. Thrihnukagigur has always been special to Stefansson ever since he was the first to descend down to the crater base in 1974. Like most people who experience it, he was utterly spellbound by its uniqueness and beauty and made it his mission to protect and preserve this stunning natural phenomenon. Unlike others who may have only seen the profit that could be made from walking into the mouth of a volcano, Stefansson believed that the primary focus was to treat such a grand natural wonder with the utmost respect, to protect and defend it. The first ‘volcano tourists’ entered the volcano in 2005 and it has since been labelled as one of the most unique tourist attractions in the world.
Volcano walkers are taken to the mouth of the crater from where they are lowered in a basket into the depths of the earth. People once thought that volcanoes were portals to Hell and associated with death and destruction and yet the entrance to the crater is awe-inspiring and almost ethereal. The vastness of it can feel overwhelming; it is the size of a cathedral and the Statue of Liberty could easily fit into the shaft. After 6 minutes and 120 metres, visitors arrive at the crater base. The ground space is the size of three full-sized basketball courts placed next to each
At the bottom there is a reverent hush. People whisper in respect to the sleeping giant who has lain dormant for 4,000 years. The subterranean walls are scorched with colours from a divine palette: magenta red, vibrant purple, burnt orange, vivid green and honey yellow. The colour intensifies in certain places where 4000 years ago the magma was pushed out with brutal force. This is Mother Nature’s secret place, her private art studio where visitors feel like trespassers. The protruding rock faces show a tapestry of patterns and formations that have been molded by heat, pressure and time. Floodlights illuminate the walls and draw attention to the beauty humans were never intended to see. A light rain weeps from the porous rock above and covers the crater sides with a shine that makes it sparkle. The scorch marks can be seen close up – at one point in time these rock faces were glowing red with fiery heat. This giant, although sleeping, is still dangerous: an 80-metre drop into the void is disguised by a collection of rocks close to where visitors stand.
It is a soul-enriching experience and visitors often report feeling deeply moved by the beauty and tranquillity of something that was once so destructive and angry. Confronted with this result of the unrestrained forces of nature, it is hard not to feel small and powerless in comparison. Sadly, the magical spell is broken when the basket appears, indicating that it is time for visitors to return to reality. On the return hike, visitors walk across the lava fields as though they are astronauts on the moon. They pass enormous open wounds where the landscape is literally tearing itself apart as tectonic plates slowly shift. It serves as one final reminder that this giant is merely dormant, not dead.The given passage is a ______ passage.


Options

A

narrative

narrative

B

literary

literary

C

didactic

didactic

D

descriptive

descriptive


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

descriptive

descriptive


given passage is a descriptive passage 

because

A descriptive paragraph is a focused and detail-rich account of a specific topic. Paragraphs in this style often have a concrete focus—the sound of a waterfall, the stench of a skunk's spray—but can also convey something abstract, such as an emotion or a memory. Some descriptive paragraphs do both.

Question 7

Read the passage and answer the questions that follow.
A new and extreme tourist attraction has just exploded on to the scene in Iceland: Volcano Walking. It would appear, according to Trip Advisor, that this is one trip that cannot be missed, despite the extortionate cost.
The idea of making Thrihnukagigur volcano accessible was the brainchild of Ami B. Stefansson, a doctor in Reykjavik and a lifelong cave enthusiast. He has been studying caves in Iceland since 1954 and some would argue that there is no-one who has more experience. Thrihnukagigur has always been special to Stefansson ever since he was the first to descend down to the crater base in 1974. Like most people who experience it, he was utterly spellbound by its uniqueness and beauty and made it his mission to protect and preserve this stunning natural phenomenon. Unlike others who may have only seen the profit that could be made from walking into the mouth of a volcano, Stefansson believed that the primary focus was to treat such a grand natural wonder with the utmost respect, to protect and defend it. The first ‘volcano tourists’ entered the volcano in 2005 and it has since been labelled as one of the most unique tourist attractions in the world.
Volcano walkers are taken to the mouth of the crater from where they are lowered in a basket into the depths of the earth. People once thought that volcanoes were portals to Hell and associated with death and destruction and yet the entrance to the crater is awe-inspiring and almost ethereal. The vastness of it can feel overwhelming; it is the size of a cathedral and the Statue of Liberty could easily fit into the shaft. After 6 minutes and 120 metres, visitors arrive at the crater base. The ground space is the size of three full-sized basketball courts placed next to each
At the bottom there is a reverent hush. People whisper in respect to the sleeping giant who has lain dormant for 4,000 years. The subterranean walls are scorched with colours from a divine palette: magenta red, vibrant purple, burnt orange, vivid green and honey yellow. The colour intensifies in certain places where 4000 years ago the magma was pushed out with brutal force. This is Mother Nature’s secret place, her private art studio where visitors feel like trespassers. The protruding rock faces show a tapestry of patterns and formations that have been molded by heat, pressure and time. Floodlights illuminate the walls and draw attention to the beauty humans were never intended to see. A light rain weeps from the porous rock above and covers the crater sides with a shine that makes it sparkle. The scorch marks can be seen close up – at one point in time these rock faces were glowing red with fiery heat. This giant, although sleeping, is still dangerous: an 80-metre drop into the void is disguised by a collection of rocks close to where visitors stand.
It is a soul-enriching experience and visitors often report feeling deeply moved by the beauty and tranquillity of something that was once so destructive and angry. Confronted with this result of the unrestrained forces of nature, it is hard not to feel small and powerless in comparison. Sadly, the magical spell is broken when the basket appears, indicating that it is time for visitors to return to reality. On the return hike, visitors walk across the lava fields as though they are astronauts on the moon. They pass enormous open wounds where the landscape is literally tearing itself apart as tectonic plates slowly shift. It serves as one final reminder that this giant is merely dormant, not dead.How do tourists reach the base of the crater?

Read the passage and answer the questions that follow.
A new and extreme tourist attraction has just exploded on to the scene in Iceland: Volcano Walking. It would appear, according to Trip Advisor, that this is one trip that cannot be missed, despite the extortionate cost.
The idea of making Thrihnukagigur volcano accessible was the brainchild of Ami B. Stefansson, a doctor in Reykjavik and a lifelong cave enthusiast. He has been studying caves in Iceland since 1954 and some would argue that there is no-one who has more experience. Thrihnukagigur has always been special to Stefansson ever since he was the first to descend down to the crater base in 1974. Like most people who experience it, he was utterly spellbound by its uniqueness and beauty and made it his mission to protect and preserve this stunning natural phenomenon. Unlike others who may have only seen the profit that could be made from walking into the mouth of a volcano, Stefansson believed that the primary focus was to treat such a grand natural wonder with the utmost respect, to protect and defend it. The first ‘volcano tourists’ entered the volcano in 2005 and it has since been labelled as one of the most unique tourist attractions in the world.
Volcano walkers are taken to the mouth of the crater from where they are lowered in a basket into the depths of the earth. People once thought that volcanoes were portals to Hell and associated with death and destruction and yet the entrance to the crater is awe-inspiring and almost ethereal. The vastness of it can feel overwhelming; it is the size of a cathedral and the Statue of Liberty could easily fit into the shaft. After 6 minutes and 120 metres, visitors arrive at the crater base. The ground space is the size of three full-sized basketball courts placed next to each
At the bottom there is a reverent hush. People whisper in respect to the sleeping giant who has lain dormant for 4,000 years. The subterranean walls are scorched with colours from a divine palette: magenta red, vibrant purple, burnt orange, vivid green and honey yellow. The colour intensifies in certain places where 4000 years ago the magma was pushed out with brutal force. This is Mother Nature’s secret place, her private art studio where visitors feel like trespassers. The protruding rock faces show a tapestry of patterns and formations that have been molded by heat, pressure and time. Floodlights illuminate the walls and draw attention to the beauty humans were never intended to see. A light rain weeps from the porous rock above and covers the crater sides with a shine that makes it sparkle. The scorch marks can be seen close up – at one point in time these rock faces were glowing red with fiery heat. This giant, although sleeping, is still dangerous: an 80-metre drop into the void is disguised by a collection of rocks close to where visitors stand.
It is a soul-enriching experience and visitors often report feeling deeply moved by the beauty and tranquillity of something that was once so destructive and angry. Confronted with this result of the unrestrained forces of nature, it is hard not to feel small and powerless in comparison. Sadly, the magical spell is broken when the basket appears, indicating that it is time for visitors to return to reality. On the return hike, visitors walk across the lava fields as though they are astronauts on the moon. They pass enormous open wounds where the landscape is literally tearing itself apart as tectonic plates slowly shift. It serves as one final reminder that this giant is merely dormant, not dead.How do tourists reach the base of the crater?


Options

A

They go through the tectonic plates

They go through the tectonic plates

B

They walk down

They walk down

C

They go across lava fields

They go across lava fields

D

They descend in a basket

They descend in a basket


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

They descend in a basket

They descend in a basket


option D is the right answer here, which can be seen in the below part of the paragraph

Volcano walkers are taken to the mouth of the crater from where they are lowered in a basket into the depths of the earth

Question 8

Read the passage and answer the questions that follow.
A new and extreme tourist attraction has just exploded on to the scene in Iceland: Volcano Walking. It would appear, according to Trip Advisor, that this is one trip that cannot be missed, despite the extortionate cost.
The idea of making Thrihnukagigur volcano accessible was the brainchild of Ami B. Stefansson, a doctor in Reykjavik and a lifelong cave enthusiast. He has been studying caves in Iceland since 1954 and some would argue that there is no-one who has more experience. Thrihnukagigur has always been special to Stefansson ever since he was the first to descend down to the crater base in 1974. Like most people who experience it, he was utterly spellbound by its uniqueness and beauty and made it his mission to protect and preserve this stunning natural phenomenon. Unlike others who may have only seen the profit that could be made from walking into the mouth of a volcano, Stefansson believed that the primary focus was to treat such a grand natural wonder with the utmost respect, to protect and defend it. The first ‘volcano tourists’ entered the volcano in 2005 and it has since been labelled as one of the most unique tourist attractions in the world.
Volcano walkers are taken to the mouth of the crater from where they are lowered in a basket into the depths of the earth. People once thought that volcanoes were portals to Hell and associated with death and destruction and yet the entrance to the crater is awe-inspiring and almost ethereal. The vastness of it can feel overwhelming; it is the size of a cathedral and the Statue of Liberty could easily fit into the shaft. After 6 minutes and 120 metres, visitors arrive at the crater base. The ground space is the size of three full-sized basketball courts placed next to each
At the bottom there is a reverent hush. People whisper in respect to the sleeping giant who has lain dormant for 4,000 years. The subterranean walls are scorched with colours from a divine palette: magenta red, vibrant purple, burnt orange, vivid green and honey yellow. The colour intensifies in certain places where 4000 years ago the magma was pushed out with brutal force. This is Mother Nature’s secret place, her private art studio where visitors feel like trespassers. The protruding rock faces show a tapestry of patterns and formations that have been molded by heat, pressure and time. Floodlights illuminate the walls and draw attention to the beauty humans were never intended to see. A light rain weeps from the porous rock above and covers the crater sides with a shine that makes it sparkle. The scorch marks can be seen close up – at one point in time these rock faces were glowing red with fiery heat. This giant, although sleeping, is still dangerous: an 80-metre drop into the void is disguised by a collection of rocks close to where visitors stand.
It is a soul-enriching experience and visitors often report feeling deeply moved by the beauty and tranquillity of something that was once so destructive and angry. Confronted with this result of the unrestrained forces of nature, it is hard not to feel small and powerless in comparison. Sadly, the magical spell is broken when the basket appears, indicating that it is time for visitors to return to reality. On the return hike, visitors walk across the lava fields as though they are astronauts on the moon. They pass enormous open wounds where the landscape is literally tearing itself apart as tectonic plates slowly shift. It serves as one final reminder that this giant is merely dormant, not dead.Who came up with the idea of making the volcano accessible to tourists?

Read the passage and answer the questions that follow.
A new and extreme tourist attraction has just exploded on to the scene in Iceland: Volcano Walking. It would appear, according to Trip Advisor, that this is one trip that cannot be missed, despite the extortionate cost.
The idea of making Thrihnukagigur volcano accessible was the brainchild of Ami B. Stefansson, a doctor in Reykjavik and a lifelong cave enthusiast. He has been studying caves in Iceland since 1954 and some would argue that there is no-one who has more experience. Thrihnukagigur has always been special to Stefansson ever since he was the first to descend down to the crater base in 1974. Like most people who experience it, he was utterly spellbound by its uniqueness and beauty and made it his mission to protect and preserve this stunning natural phenomenon. Unlike others who may have only seen the profit that could be made from walking into the mouth of a volcano, Stefansson believed that the primary focus was to treat such a grand natural wonder with the utmost respect, to protect and defend it. The first ‘volcano tourists’ entered the volcano in 2005 and it has since been labelled as one of the most unique tourist attractions in the world.
Volcano walkers are taken to the mouth of the crater from where they are lowered in a basket into the depths of the earth. People once thought that volcanoes were portals to Hell and associated with death and destruction and yet the entrance to the crater is awe-inspiring and almost ethereal. The vastness of it can feel overwhelming; it is the size of a cathedral and the Statue of Liberty could easily fit into the shaft. After 6 minutes and 120 metres, visitors arrive at the crater base. The ground space is the size of three full-sized basketball courts placed next to each
At the bottom there is a reverent hush. People whisper in respect to the sleeping giant who has lain dormant for 4,000 years. The subterranean walls are scorched with colours from a divine palette: magenta red, vibrant purple, burnt orange, vivid green and honey yellow. The colour intensifies in certain places where 4000 years ago the magma was pushed out with brutal force. This is Mother Nature’s secret place, her private art studio where visitors feel like trespassers. The protruding rock faces show a tapestry of patterns and formations that have been molded by heat, pressure and time. Floodlights illuminate the walls and draw attention to the beauty humans were never intended to see. A light rain weeps from the porous rock above and covers the crater sides with a shine that makes it sparkle. The scorch marks can be seen close up – at one point in time these rock faces were glowing red with fiery heat. This giant, although sleeping, is still dangerous: an 80-metre drop into the void is disguised by a collection of rocks close to where visitors stand.
It is a soul-enriching experience and visitors often report feeling deeply moved by the beauty and tranquillity of something that was once so destructive and angry. Confronted with this result of the unrestrained forces of nature, it is hard not to feel small and powerless in comparison. Sadly, the magical spell is broken when the basket appears, indicating that it is time for visitors to return to reality. On the return hike, visitors walk across the lava fields as though they are astronauts on the moon. They pass enormous open wounds where the landscape is literally tearing itself apart as tectonic plates slowly shift. It serves as one final reminder that this giant is merely dormant, not dead.Who came up with the idea of making the volcano accessible to tourists?


Options

A

Trip Advisor

Trip Advisor

B

Reykjavik

Reykjavik

C

Thrihnukagigur

Thrihnukagigur

D

Ami B. Stefansson

Ami B. Stefansson


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

Ami B. Stefansson

Ami B. Stefansson


option D is the right answer here,

we can see this from the above passage

The idea of making Thrihnukagigur volcano accessible was the brainchild of Ami B. Stefansson, a doctor in Reykjavik and a lifelong cave enthusiast. 

Question 9

Read the passage and answer the questions that follow.
A new and extreme tourist attraction has just exploded on to the scene in Iceland: Volcano Walking. It would appear, according to Trip Advisor, that this is one trip that cannot be missed, despite the extortionate cost.
The idea of making Thrihnukagigur volcano accessible was the brainchild of Ami B. Stefansson, a doctor in Reykjavik and a lifelong cave enthusiast. He has been studying caves in Iceland since 1954 and some would argue that there is no-one who has more experience. Thrihnukagigur has always been special to Stefansson ever since he was the first to descend down to the crater base in 1974. Like most people who experience it, he was utterly spellbound by its uniqueness and beauty and made it his mission to protect and preserve this stunning natural phenomenon. Unlike others who may have only seen the profit that could be made from walking into the mouth of a volcano, Stefansson believed that the primary focus was to treat such a grand natural wonder with the utmost respect, to protect and defend it. The first ‘volcano tourists’ entered the volcano in 2005 and it has since been labelled as one of the most unique tourist attractions in the world.
Volcano walkers are taken to the mouth of the crater from where they are lowered in a basket into the depths of the earth. People once thought that volcanoes were portals to Hell and associated with death and destruction and yet the entrance to the crater is awe-inspiring and almost ethereal. The vastness of it can feel overwhelming; it is the size of a cathedral and the Statue of Liberty could easily fit into the shaft. After 6 minutes and 120 metres, visitors arrive at the crater base. The ground space is the size of three full-sized basketball courts placed next to each
At the bottom there is a reverent hush. People whisper in respect to the sleeping giant who has lain dormant for 4,000 years. The subterranean walls are scorched with colours from a divine palette: magenta red, vibrant purple, burnt orange, vivid green and honey yellow. The colour intensifies in certain places where 4000 years ago the magma was pushed out with brutal force. This is Mother Nature’s secret place, her private art studio where visitors feel like trespassers. The protruding rock faces show a tapestry of patterns and formations that have been molded by heat, pressure and time. Floodlights illuminate the walls and draw attention to the beauty humans were never intended to see. A light rain weeps from the porous rock above and covers the crater sides with a shine that makes it sparkle. The scorch marks can be seen close up – at one point in time these rock faces were glowing red with fiery heat. This giant, although sleeping, is still dangerous: an 80-metre drop into the void is disguised by a collection of rocks close to where visitors stand.
It is a soul-enriching experience and visitors often report feeling deeply moved by the beauty and tranquillity of something that was once so destructive and angry. Confronted with this result of the unrestrained forces of nature, it is hard not to feel small and powerless in comparison. Sadly, the magical spell is broken when the basket appears, indicating that it is time for visitors to return to reality. On the return hike, visitors walk across the lava fields as though they are astronauts on the moon. They pass enormous open wounds where the landscape is literally tearing itself apart as tectonic plates slowly shift. It serves as one final reminder that this giant is merely dormant, not dead.Select the correct antonym of the word.

TRANQUILLITY

Read the passage and answer the questions that follow.
A new and extreme tourist attraction has just exploded on to the scene in Iceland: Volcano Walking. It would appear, according to Trip Advisor, that this is one trip that cannot be missed, despite the extortionate cost.
The idea of making Thrihnukagigur volcano accessible was the brainchild of Ami B. Stefansson, a doctor in Reykjavik and a lifelong cave enthusiast. He has been studying caves in Iceland since 1954 and some would argue that there is no-one who has more experience. Thrihnukagigur has always been special to Stefansson ever since he was the first to descend down to the crater base in 1974. Like most people who experience it, he was utterly spellbound by its uniqueness and beauty and made it his mission to protect and preserve this stunning natural phenomenon. Unlike others who may have only seen the profit that could be made from walking into the mouth of a volcano, Stefansson believed that the primary focus was to treat such a grand natural wonder with the utmost respect, to protect and defend it. The first ‘volcano tourists’ entered the volcano in 2005 and it has since been labelled as one of the most unique tourist attractions in the world.
Volcano walkers are taken to the mouth of the crater from where they are lowered in a basket into the depths of the earth. People once thought that volcanoes were portals to Hell and associated with death and destruction and yet the entrance to the crater is awe-inspiring and almost ethereal. The vastness of it can feel overwhelming; it is the size of a cathedral and the Statue of Liberty could easily fit into the shaft. After 6 minutes and 120 metres, visitors arrive at the crater base. The ground space is the size of three full-sized basketball courts placed next to each
At the bottom there is a reverent hush. People whisper in respect to the sleeping giant who has lain dormant for 4,000 years. The subterranean walls are scorched with colours from a divine palette: magenta red, vibrant purple, burnt orange, vivid green and honey yellow. The colour intensifies in certain places where 4000 years ago the magma was pushed out with brutal force. This is Mother Nature’s secret place, her private art studio where visitors feel like trespassers. The protruding rock faces show a tapestry of patterns and formations that have been molded by heat, pressure and time. Floodlights illuminate the walls and draw attention to the beauty humans were never intended to see. A light rain weeps from the porous rock above and covers the crater sides with a shine that makes it sparkle. The scorch marks can be seen close up – at one point in time these rock faces were glowing red with fiery heat. This giant, although sleeping, is still dangerous: an 80-metre drop into the void is disguised by a collection of rocks close to where visitors stand.
It is a soul-enriching experience and visitors often report feeling deeply moved by the beauty and tranquillity of something that was once so destructive and angry. Confronted with this result of the unrestrained forces of nature, it is hard not to feel small and powerless in comparison. Sadly, the magical spell is broken when the basket appears, indicating that it is time for visitors to return to reality. On the return hike, visitors walk across the lava fields as though they are astronauts on the moon. They pass enormous open wounds where the landscape is literally tearing itself apart as tectonic plates slowly shift. It serves as one final reminder that this giant is merely dormant, not dead.Select the correct antonym of the word.

TRANQUILLITY


Options

A

wilderness

wilderness

B

repose

repose

C

composure

composure

D

agitation

agitation


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

agitation

agitation


tranquility- it is a noun; which means a peaceful, calm state, without noise, violence, worry etc.

agitation- a movement disorder often caused by antipsychotic medication, restlessness.

so the antonym of the given word is option D

Question 10

Read the passage and answer the questions that follow.
A new and extreme tourist attraction has just exploded on to the scene in Iceland: Volcano Walking. It would appear, according to Trip Advisor, that this is one trip that cannot be missed, despite the extortionate cost.
The idea of making Thrihnukagigur volcano accessible was the brainchild of Ami B. Stefansson, a doctor in Reykjavik and a lifelong cave enthusiast. He has been studying caves in Iceland since 1954 and some would argue that there is no-one who has more experience. Thrihnukagigur has always been special to Stefansson ever since he was the first to descend down to the crater base in 1974. Like most people who experience it, he was utterly spellbound by its uniqueness and beauty and made it his mission to protect and preserve this stunning natural phenomenon. Unlike others who may have only seen the profit that could be made from walking into the mouth of a volcano, Stefansson believed that the primary focus was to treat such a grand natural wonder with the utmost respect, to protect and defend it. The first ‘volcano tourists’ entered the volcano in 2005 and it has since been labelled as one of the most unique tourist attractions in the world.
Volcano walkers are taken to the mouth of the crater from where they are lowered in a basket into the depths of the earth. People once thought that volcanoes were portals to Hell and associated with death and destruction and yet the entrance to the crater is awe-inspiring and almost ethereal. The vastness of it can feel overwhelming; it is the size of a cathedral and the Statue of Liberty could easily fit into the shaft. After 6 minutes and 120 metres, visitors arrive at the crater base. The ground space is the size of three full-sized basketball courts placed next to each
At the bottom there is a reverent hush. People whisper in respect to the sleeping giant who has lain dormant for 4,000 years. The subterranean walls are scorched with colours from a divine palette: magenta red, vibrant purple, burnt orange, vivid green and honey yellow. The colour intensifies in certain places where 4000 years ago the magma was pushed out with brutal force. This is Mother Nature’s secret place, her private art studio where visitors feel like trespassers. The protruding rock faces show a tapestry of patterns and formations that have been molded by heat, pressure and time. Floodlights illuminate the walls and draw attention to the beauty humans were never intended to see. A light rain weeps from the porous rock above and covers the crater sides with a shine that makes it sparkle. The scorch marks can be seen close up – at one point in time these rock faces were glowing red with fiery heat. This giant, although sleeping, is still dangerous: an 80-metre drop into the void is disguised by a collection of rocks close to where visitors stand.
It is a soul-enriching experience and visitors often report feeling deeply moved by the beauty and tranquillity of something that was once so destructive and angry. Confronted with this result of the unrestrained forces of nature, it is hard not to feel small and powerless in comparison. Sadly, the magical spell is broken when the basket appears, indicating that it is time for visitors to return to reality. On the return hike, visitors walk across the lava fields as though they are astronauts on the moon. They pass enormous open wounds where the landscape is literally tearing itself apart as tectonic plates slowly shift. It serves as one final reminder that this giant is merely dormant, not dead.The tone of the passage is:

Read the passage and answer the questions that follow.
A new and extreme tourist attraction has just exploded on to the scene in Iceland: Volcano Walking. It would appear, according to Trip Advisor, that this is one trip that cannot be missed, despite the extortionate cost.
The idea of making Thrihnukagigur volcano accessible was the brainchild of Ami B. Stefansson, a doctor in Reykjavik and a lifelong cave enthusiast. He has been studying caves in Iceland since 1954 and some would argue that there is no-one who has more experience. Thrihnukagigur has always been special to Stefansson ever since he was the first to descend down to the crater base in 1974. Like most people who experience it, he was utterly spellbound by its uniqueness and beauty and made it his mission to protect and preserve this stunning natural phenomenon. Unlike others who may have only seen the profit that could be made from walking into the mouth of a volcano, Stefansson believed that the primary focus was to treat such a grand natural wonder with the utmost respect, to protect and defend it. The first ‘volcano tourists’ entered the volcano in 2005 and it has since been labelled as one of the most unique tourist attractions in the world.
Volcano walkers are taken to the mouth of the crater from where they are lowered in a basket into the depths of the earth. People once thought that volcanoes were portals to Hell and associated with death and destruction and yet the entrance to the crater is awe-inspiring and almost ethereal. The vastness of it can feel overwhelming; it is the size of a cathedral and the Statue of Liberty could easily fit into the shaft. After 6 minutes and 120 metres, visitors arrive at the crater base. The ground space is the size of three full-sized basketball courts placed next to each
At the bottom there is a reverent hush. People whisper in respect to the sleeping giant who has lain dormant for 4,000 years. The subterranean walls are scorched with colours from a divine palette: magenta red, vibrant purple, burnt orange, vivid green and honey yellow. The colour intensifies in certain places where 4000 years ago the magma was pushed out with brutal force. This is Mother Nature’s secret place, her private art studio where visitors feel like trespassers. The protruding rock faces show a tapestry of patterns and formations that have been molded by heat, pressure and time. Floodlights illuminate the walls and draw attention to the beauty humans were never intended to see. A light rain weeps from the porous rock above and covers the crater sides with a shine that makes it sparkle. The scorch marks can be seen close up – at one point in time these rock faces were glowing red with fiery heat. This giant, although sleeping, is still dangerous: an 80-metre drop into the void is disguised by a collection of rocks close to where visitors stand.
It is a soul-enriching experience and visitors often report feeling deeply moved by the beauty and tranquillity of something that was once so destructive and angry. Confronted with this result of the unrestrained forces of nature, it is hard not to feel small and powerless in comparison. Sadly, the magical spell is broken when the basket appears, indicating that it is time for visitors to return to reality. On the return hike, visitors walk across the lava fields as though they are astronauts on the moon. They pass enormous open wounds where the landscape is literally tearing itself apart as tectonic plates slowly shift. It serves as one final reminder that this giant is merely dormant, not dead.The tone of the passage is:


Options

A

formal

formal

B

satirical

satirical

C

laudatory

laudatory

D

apathetic

apathetic


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

laudatory

laudatory


the tone of the given passage is laudatory.

A laudatory piece of writing or speech expresses praise or admiration for someone/something

Question 11

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

The working of the stomach was 1.______ by a strange accident. In 1822, a man named Alexis St. Martin was 2. ______ hit by a shot gun. The bullet had seriously 3. ______ the chest wall and made a hole in 4. ______ stomach. He was brought to an American army 5. ______ William Beaumont.
The doctor saved the patient but he 6. ______ not close the hole properly. Beaumont took it as a 7______ opportunity to see the inside of the stomach 8. ______ the hole. He made some wonderful observations. Beaumont 9. ______ that the stomach was churning food. Its wall secreted a fluid 10. ______ could digest the food. He also observed that the end of the stomach opens into the intestine only after the digestion of the food inside the stomach is completed.Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 1. 

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

The working of the stomach was 1.______ by a strange accident. In 1822, a man named Alexis St. Martin was 2. ______ hit by a shot gun. The bullet had seriously 3. ______ the chest wall and made a hole in 4. ______ stomach. He was brought to an American army 5. ______ William Beaumont.
The doctor saved the patient but he 6. ______ not close the hole properly. Beaumont took it as a 7______ opportunity to see the inside of the stomach 8. ______ the hole. He made some wonderful observations. Beaumont 9. ______ that the stomach was churning food. Its wall secreted a fluid 10. ______ could digest the food. He also observed that the end of the stomach opens into the intestine only after the digestion of the food inside the stomach is completed.Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 1. 


Options

A

discovering

discovering

B

discovered

discovered

C

to be discovered

to be discovered

D

discover

discover


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

discovered

discovered


option B is the right answer here,

the above sentence is in passive construction, the rule for which is be and third form of the verb so, third form of the verb discover; discovered should be used here,

Question 12

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

The working of the stomach was 1.______ by a strange accident. In 1822, a man named Alexis St. Martin was 2. ______ hit by a shot gun. The bullet had seriously 3. ______ the chest wall and made a hole in 4. ______ stomach. He was brought to an American army 5. ______ William Beaumont.
The doctor saved the patient but he 6. ______ not close the hole properly. Beaumont took it as a 7______ opportunity to see the inside of the stomach 8. ______ the hole. He made some wonderful observations. Beaumont 9. ______ that the stomach was churning food. Its wall secreted a fluid 10. ______ could digest the food. He also observed that the end of the stomach opens into the intestine only after the digestion of the food inside the stomach is completed.Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 2.

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

The working of the stomach was 1.______ by a strange accident. In 1822, a man named Alexis St. Martin was 2. ______ hit by a shot gun. The bullet had seriously 3. ______ the chest wall and made a hole in 4. ______ stomach. He was brought to an American army 5. ______ William Beaumont.
The doctor saved the patient but he 6. ______ not close the hole properly. Beaumont took it as a 7______ opportunity to see the inside of the stomach 8. ______ the hole. He made some wonderful observations. Beaumont 9. ______ that the stomach was churning food. Its wall secreted a fluid 10. ______ could digest the food. He also observed that the end of the stomach opens into the intestine only after the digestion of the food inside the stomach is completed.Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 2.


Options

A

Poorly

Poorly

B

Badly

Badly

C

Nicely

Nicely

D

Extremely

Extremely


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

Badly

Badly


option B badly is the right answer here,

hit badly is the correct phrase which means  to be harmed in a severe  way.

​​​​​​​

Question 13

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

The working of the stomach was 1.______ by a strange accident. In 1822, a man named Alexis St. Martin was 2. ______ hit by a shot gun. The bullet had seriously 3. ______ the chest wall and made a hole in 4. ______ stomach. He was brought to an American army 5. ______ William Beaumont.
The doctor saved the patient but he 6. ______ not close the hole properly. Beaumont took it as a 7______ opportunity to see the inside of the stomach 8. ______ the hole. He made some wonderful observations. Beaumont 9. ______ that the stomach was churning food. Its wall secreted a fluid 10. ______ could digest the food. He also observed that the end of the stomach opens into the intestine only after the digestion of the food inside the stomach is completed.Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 3.

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

The working of the stomach was 1.______ by a strange accident. In 1822, a man named Alexis St. Martin was 2. ______ hit by a shot gun. The bullet had seriously 3. ______ the chest wall and made a hole in 4. ______ stomach. He was brought to an American army 5. ______ William Beaumont.
The doctor saved the patient but he 6. ______ not close the hole properly. Beaumont took it as a 7______ opportunity to see the inside of the stomach 8. ______ the hole. He made some wonderful observations. Beaumont 9. ______ that the stomach was churning food. Its wall secreted a fluid 10. ______ could digest the food. He also observed that the end of the stomach opens into the intestine only after the digestion of the food inside the stomach is completed.Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 3.


Options

A

Decreased

Decreased

B

Decayed

Decayed

C

Devastated

Devastated

D

Damaged

Damaged


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

Damaged

Damaged


let's try to understand the meaning of all four words in the options

decreased- to be in lessen in amount or quantity.

decayed- to beome bad or destroyed slowly.

devastated- extremely shocked and upset.

damaged- to spoil or harm something; specially by even breaking it.

so option D damaged fits right here,

Question 14

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

The working of the stomach was 1.______ by a strange accident. In 1822, a man named Alexis St. Martin was 2. ______ hit by a shot gun. The bullet had seriously 3. ______ the chest wall and made a hole in 4. ______ stomach. He was brought to an American army 5. ______ William Beaumont.
The doctor saved the patient but he 6. ______ not close the hole properly. Beaumont took it as a 7______ opportunity to see the inside of the stomach 8. ______ the hole. He made some wonderful observations. Beaumont 9. ______ that the stomach was churning food. Its wall secreted a fluid 10. ______ could digest the food. He also observed that the end of the stomach opens into the intestine only after the digestion of the food inside the stomach is completed.Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 4.

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

The working of the stomach was 1.______ by a strange accident. In 1822, a man named Alexis St. Martin was 2. ______ hit by a shot gun. The bullet had seriously 3. ______ the chest wall and made a hole in 4. ______ stomach. He was brought to an American army 5. ______ William Beaumont.
The doctor saved the patient but he 6. ______ not close the hole properly. Beaumont took it as a 7______ opportunity to see the inside of the stomach 8. ______ the hole. He made some wonderful observations. Beaumont 9. ______ that the stomach was churning food. Its wall secreted a fluid 10. ______ could digest the food. He also observed that the end of the stomach opens into the intestine only after the digestion of the food inside the stomach is completed.Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 4.


Options

A

His

His

B

Him

Him

C

Its

Its

D

Her

Her


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

His

His


option A his is the right answer.

his shows the belonging to the male person that was mentioned earlier.

here we are already talking about a man. so his stomach is the correct usage.

 

 

Question 15

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

The working of the stomach was 1.______ by a strange accident. In 1822, a man named Alexis St. Martin was 2. ______ hit by a shot gun. The bullet had seriously 3. ______ the chest wall and made a hole in 4. ______ stomach. He was brought to an American army 5. ______ William Beaumont.
The doctor saved the patient but he 6. ______ not close the hole properly. Beaumont took it as a 7______ opportunity to see the inside of the stomach 8. ______ the hole. He made some wonderful observations. Beaumont 9. ______ that the stomach was churning food. Its wall secreted a fluid 10. ______ could digest the food. He also observed that the end of the stomach opens into the intestine only after the digestion of the food inside the stomach is completed.Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 5.

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

The working of the stomach was 1.______ by a strange accident. In 1822, a man named Alexis St. Martin was 2. ______ hit by a shot gun. The bullet had seriously 3. ______ the chest wall and made a hole in 4. ______ stomach. He was brought to an American army 5. ______ William Beaumont.
The doctor saved the patient but he 6. ______ not close the hole properly. Beaumont took it as a 7______ opportunity to see the inside of the stomach 8. ______ the hole. He made some wonderful observations. Beaumont 9. ______ that the stomach was churning food. Its wall secreted a fluid 10. ______ could digest the food. He also observed that the end of the stomach opens into the intestine only after the digestion of the food inside the stomach is completed.Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 5.


Options

A

Registrar

Registrar

B

Colonel

Colonel

C

Major

Major

D

Doctor

Doctor


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

Doctor

Doctor


option D is the right answer here,

when a perosn is sick or injured he is brought to a doctor,

the person described in the passage was injured with a bullet. so he was brought to a doctor

Question 16

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

The working of the stomach was 1.______ by a strange accident. In 1822, a man named Alexis St. Martin was 2. ______ hit by a shot gun. The bullet had seriously 3. ______ the chest wall and made a hole in 4. ______ stomach. He was brought to an American army 5. ______ William Beaumont.
The doctor saved the patient but he 6. ______ not close the hole properly. Beaumont took it as a 7______ opportunity to see the inside of the stomach 8. ______ the hole. He made some wonderful observations. Beaumont 9. ______ that the stomach was churning food. Its wall secreted a fluid 10. ______ could digest the food. He also observed that the end of the stomach opens into the intestine only after the digestion of the food inside the stomach is completed.Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 6.

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

The working of the stomach was 1.______ by a strange accident. In 1822, a man named Alexis St. Martin was 2. ______ hit by a shot gun. The bullet had seriously 3. ______ the chest wall and made a hole in 4. ______ stomach. He was brought to an American army 5. ______ William Beaumont.
The doctor saved the patient but he 6. ______ not close the hole properly. Beaumont took it as a 7______ opportunity to see the inside of the stomach 8. ______ the hole. He made some wonderful observations. Beaumont 9. ______ that the stomach was churning food. Its wall secreted a fluid 10. ______ could digest the food. He also observed that the end of the stomach opens into the intestine only after the digestion of the food inside the stomach is completed.Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 6.


Options

A

Would

Would

B

Could

Could

C

Should

Should

D

Had

Had


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

Could

Could


option B Could is the right answer from given four

could- could is used to say that somebody had the ability or was allowed to do something. 

the doctor was unable to do that, so could not is the correct usage. 

note- the given paragraph is in past tense; so past form of the madals are required here,

Question 17

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

The working of the stomach was 1.______ by a strange accident. In 1822, a man named Alexis St. Martin was 2. ______ hit by a shot gun. The bullet had seriously 3. ______ the chest wall and made a hole in 4. ______ stomach. He was brought to an American army 5. ______ William Beaumont.
The doctor saved the patient but he 6. ______ not close the hole properly. Beaumont took it as a 7______ opportunity to see the inside of the stomach 8. ______ the hole. He made some wonderful observations. Beaumont 9. ______ that the stomach was churning food. Its wall secreted a fluid 10. ______ could digest the food. He also observed that the end of the stomach opens into the intestine only after the digestion of the food inside the stomach is completed.Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 7.

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

The working of the stomach was 1.______ by a strange accident. In 1822, a man named Alexis St. Martin was 2. ______ hit by a shot gun. The bullet had seriously 3. ______ the chest wall and made a hole in 4. ______ stomach. He was brought to an American army 5. ______ William Beaumont.
The doctor saved the patient but he 6. ______ not close the hole properly. Beaumont took it as a 7______ opportunity to see the inside of the stomach 8. ______ the hole. He made some wonderful observations. Beaumont 9. ______ that the stomach was churning food. Its wall secreted a fluid 10. ______ could digest the food. He also observed that the end of the stomach opens into the intestine only after the digestion of the food inside the stomach is completed.Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 7.


Options

A

Countless

Countless

B

Great

Great

C

Strong

Strong

D

Fast

Fast


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

Great

Great


option B great is the right answer.

as other three options do not fit here with the word opportunity.

great opportunity is the right phrase which means a great/good chance to see/do/observe something.

so he took it as a great opportunity

Question 18

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

The working of the stomach was 1.______ by a strange accident. In 1822, a man named Alexis St. Martin was 2. ______ hit by a shot gun. The bullet had seriously 3. ______ the chest wall and made a hole in 4. ______ stomach. He was brought to an American army 5. ______ William Beaumont.
The doctor saved the patient but he 6. ______ not close the hole properly. Beaumont took it as a 7______ opportunity to see the inside of the stomach 8. ______ the hole. He made some wonderful observations. Beaumont 9. ______ that the stomach was churning food. Its wall secreted a fluid 10. ______ could digest the food. He also observed that the end of the stomach opens into the intestine only after the digestion of the food inside the stomach is completed.Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 8.

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

The working of the stomach was 1.______ by a strange accident. In 1822, a man named Alexis St. Martin was 2. ______ hit by a shot gun. The bullet had seriously 3. ______ the chest wall and made a hole in 4. ______ stomach. He was brought to an American army 5. ______ William Beaumont.
The doctor saved the patient but he 6. ______ not close the hole properly. Beaumont took it as a 7______ opportunity to see the inside of the stomach 8. ______ the hole. He made some wonderful observations. Beaumont 9. ______ that the stomach was churning food. Its wall secreted a fluid 10. ______ could digest the food. He also observed that the end of the stomach opens into the intestine only after the digestion of the food inside the stomach is completed.Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 8.


Options

A

Between

Between

B

Through

Through

C

Across

Across

D

Along

Along


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

Through

Through


let's try to understand the meaning of the all four prepositions here,

between- in the middle of two things/persons

through- from one end or side to another end of something

across- from one side to other side.

along- by the side of something.

option B through is the most appropritate according to the context.

 

Question 19

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

The working of the stomach was 1.______ by a strange accident. In 1822, a man named Alexis St. Martin was 2. ______ hit by a shot gun. The bullet had seriously 3. ______ the chest wall and made a hole in 4. ______ stomach. He was brought to an American army 5. ______ William Beaumont.
The doctor saved the patient but he 6. ______ not close the hole properly. Beaumont took it as a 7______ opportunity to see the inside of the stomach 8. ______ the hole. He made some wonderful observations. Beaumont 9. ______ that the stomach was churning food. Its wall secreted a fluid 10. ______ could digest the food. He also observed that the end of the stomach opens into the intestine only after the digestion of the food inside the stomach is completed.Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 9.

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

The working of the stomach was 1.______ by a strange accident. In 1822, a man named Alexis St. Martin was 2. ______ hit by a shot gun. The bullet had seriously 3. ______ the chest wall and made a hole in 4. ______ stomach. He was brought to an American army 5. ______ William Beaumont.
The doctor saved the patient but he 6. ______ not close the hole properly. Beaumont took it as a 7______ opportunity to see the inside of the stomach 8. ______ the hole. He made some wonderful observations. Beaumont 9. ______ that the stomach was churning food. Its wall secreted a fluid 10. ______ could digest the food. He also observed that the end of the stomach opens into the intestine only after the digestion of the food inside the stomach is completed.Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 9.


Options

A

Imagined

Imagined

B

Obtained

Obtained

C

Found

Found

D

Acquired

Acquired


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

Found

Found


option C found is the correct usage.

found(past form of find) is correct according to the tense.

also it means to discover something by chance.

 

Question 20

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

The working of the stomach was 1.______ by a strange accident. In 1822, a man named Alexis St. Martin was 2. ______ hit by a shot gun. The bullet had seriously 3. ______ the chest wall and made a hole in 4. ______ stomach. He was brought to an American army 5. ______ William Beaumont.
The doctor saved the patient but he 6. ______ not close the hole properly. Beaumont took it as a 7______ opportunity to see the inside of the stomach 8. ______ the hole. He made some wonderful observations. Beaumont 9. ______ that the stomach was churning food. Its wall secreted a fluid 10. ______ could digest the food. He also observed that the end of the stomach opens into the intestine only after the digestion of the food inside the stomach is completed.Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 10.

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

The working of the stomach was 1.______ by a strange accident. In 1822, a man named Alexis St. Martin was 2. ______ hit by a shot gun. The bullet had seriously 3. ______ the chest wall and made a hole in 4. ______ stomach. He was brought to an American army 5. ______ William Beaumont.
The doctor saved the patient but he 6. ______ not close the hole properly. Beaumont took it as a 7______ opportunity to see the inside of the stomach 8. ______ the hole. He made some wonderful observations. Beaumont 9. ______ that the stomach was churning food. Its wall secreted a fluid 10. ______ could digest the food. He also observed that the end of the stomach opens into the intestine only after the digestion of the food inside the stomach is completed.Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 10.


Options

A

Who

Who

B

Whom

Whom

C

Which

Which

D

What

What


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

Which

Which


which is the correct relative pronoun for a non living thing.

so here with fluid we will use which.

who/whom is used to denote a person

Question 21

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

Human activities are changing Earth's natural greenhouse1. ______. Burning fossil fuels like coal and oil puts 2. ______ carbon dioxide into our atmosphere. NASA has 3. ______ increase in the amount of carbon dioxide and some other greenhouse gases in 4. ______ atmosphere. Too much of these greenhouse gases can 5. ______ Earth's atmosphere to trap more and more heat. This causes Earth to warm up.
Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 1.

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

Human activities are changing Earth's natural greenhouse1. ______. Burning fossil fuels like coal and oil puts 2. ______ carbon dioxide into our atmosphere. NASA has 3. ______ increase in the amount of carbon dioxide and some other greenhouse gases in 4. ______ atmosphere. Too much of these greenhouse gases can 5. ______ Earth's atmosphere to trap more and more heat. This causes Earth to warm up.
Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 1.


Options

A

Effect

Effect

B

Impact

Impact

C

Affect

Affect

D

Aspect

Aspect


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

Effect

Effect


option A effect is the right answer here.

green house effect is the correct word that means the way in which the heat is trapped close to earth's surface by greenhouse gases.

 

Question 22

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

Human activities are changing Earth's natural greenhouse1. ______. Burning fossil fuels like coal and oil puts 2. ______ carbon dioxide into our atmosphere. NASA has 3. ______ increase in the amount of carbon dioxide and some other greenhouse gases in 4. ______ atmosphere. Too much of these greenhouse gases can 5. ______ Earth's atmosphere to trap more and more heat. This causes Earth to warm up.
Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 2.

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

Human activities are changing Earth's natural greenhouse1. ______. Burning fossil fuels like coal and oil puts 2. ______ carbon dioxide into our atmosphere. NASA has 3. ______ increase in the amount of carbon dioxide and some other greenhouse gases in 4. ______ atmosphere. Too much of these greenhouse gases can 5. ______ Earth's atmosphere to trap more and more heat. This causes Earth to warm up.
Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 2.


Options

A

Most

Most

B

Much

Much

C

Many

Many

D

More

More


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

More

More


option D more is the correct answer.

here we are not talking about the number or quantity of the gas so option B and C are completely wrong that are much and many.

now most is used to define superlative degree which is also irrelevant here,

more is the correct usage.

Question 23

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

Human activities are changing Earth's natural greenhouse1. ______. Burning fossil fuels like coal and oil puts 2. ______ carbon dioxide into our atmosphere. NASA has 3. ______ increase in the amount of carbon dioxide and some other greenhouse gases in 4. ______ atmosphere. Too much of these greenhouse gases can 5. ______ Earth's atmosphere to trap more and more heat. This causes Earth to warm up.
Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 3.

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

Human activities are changing Earth's natural greenhouse1. ______. Burning fossil fuels like coal and oil puts 2. ______ carbon dioxide into our atmosphere. NASA has 3. ______ increase in the amount of carbon dioxide and some other greenhouse gases in 4. ______ atmosphere. Too much of these greenhouse gases can 5. ______ Earth's atmosphere to trap more and more heat. This causes Earth to warm up.
Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 3.


Options

A

Observing

Observing

B

to observe

to observe

C

Observe

Observe

D

Observed

Observed


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

Observed

Observed


option D is the right answer here,

In order to form the present perfect tense, we use the word have or has followed by the past participle of the verb

so the word has/have are always followed by the third form of the verb.

so option D observed is correct here

Question 24

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

Human activities are changing Earth's natural greenhouse1. ______. Burning fossil fuels like coal and oil puts 2. ______ carbon dioxide into our atmosphere. NASA has 3. ______ increase in the amount of carbon dioxide and some other greenhouse gases in 4. ______ atmosphere. Too much of these greenhouse gases can 5. ______ Earth's atmosphere to trap more and more heat. This causes Earth to warm up.
Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 4.

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

Human activities are changing Earth's natural greenhouse1. ______. Burning fossil fuels like coal and oil puts 2. ______ carbon dioxide into our atmosphere. NASA has 3. ______ increase in the amount of carbon dioxide and some other greenhouse gases in 4. ______ atmosphere. Too much of these greenhouse gases can 5. ______ Earth's atmosphere to trap more and more heat. This causes Earth to warm up.
Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 4.


Options

A

its

its

B

ours

ours

C

our

our

D

their

their


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

our

our


option C our is the right pick for the given blank.

its and their is completely wrong here; 

now the confusion point is our and ours

meaning of both the word is same the only difference lies in their usage.

our is used before a noun. but after ours we need no noun. here the word environment is given after the blank so correct pick is our.

Question 25

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

Human activities are changing Earth's natural greenhouse1. ______. Burning fossil fuels like coal and oil puts 2. ______ carbon dioxide into our atmosphere. NASA has 3. ______ increase in the amount of carbon dioxide and some other greenhouse gases in 4. ______ atmosphere. Too much of these greenhouse gases can 5. ______ Earth's atmosphere to trap more and more heat. This causes Earth to warm up.
Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 5.

In the following passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.

Human activities are changing Earth's natural greenhouse1. ______. Burning fossil fuels like coal and oil puts 2. ______ carbon dioxide into our atmosphere. NASA has 3. ______ increase in the amount of carbon dioxide and some other greenhouse gases in 4. ______ atmosphere. Too much of these greenhouse gases can 5. ______ Earth's atmosphere to trap more and more heat. This causes Earth to warm up.
Select the most appropriate option to fill in the blank No. 5.


Options

A

source

source

B

cause

cause

C

reason

reason

D

effect

effect


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

cause

cause


source- a place,  perosn or thing where something comes or starts from or where something ins obtained.

cause- a thing or person that makes something happen.

reason- an expalanation for something that has happened.

effect- the result of something.

so option B cause is the most appropriate fit

Question 26

Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.
At the end of 2020, there were 82.4 million forcibly displaced people in the world, of which more than a quarter are refugees.
“By the end of 2020, the number of people forcibly displaced due to persecution, conflict, violence, human rights violations, and events seriously disturbing public order, had grown to 82.4 million, the highest number on record according to available data,” according to the UN High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR). Out of these 82.4 million forcibly displaced people in the world, more than a quarter are refugees.
Just five countries produce 68% of all refugees displaced abroad: the Syrian Arab Republic, Venezuela, Afghanistan, South Sudan, and Myanmar.
The top five host countries, where these displaced people are currently located are: Turkey, Colombia, Germany, Pakistan, and Uganda.
With 3.7 million displaced people now within its borders, Turkey hosts twice as many refugees as Colombia, the next highest host country, with 1.7 million people. The situation in Turkey illustrates the effects of proximity, as 92% of its refugees have come from neighbouring Syria, where war and armed conflict have now been raging for more than 10 years. It demonstrates that huge numbers of displaced people stay close to their point of origin.
There are more than 48 million internally displaced people – people who have had to flee their homes in search of safety elsewhere within their home nation.
The highest increases in the number of internally displaced people happened in Africa and were provoked by a combination of armed conflict and humanitarian disasters. Civil war in Ethiopia, Africa’s second most-populated country, has sparked a wave of displacement in a region that was already facing what the UNHCR calls “a full-scale humanitarian crisis.”
All in all, more than a million Ethiopian people had to leave their homes behind last year, the UNHCR says.‘Humanitarian disasters’ refer to all those given below except

Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.
At the end of 2020, there were 82.4 million forcibly displaced people in the world, of which more than a quarter are refugees.
“By the end of 2020, the number of people forcibly displaced due to persecution, conflict, violence, human rights violations, and events seriously disturbing public order, had grown to 82.4 million, the highest number on record according to available data,” according to the UN High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR). Out of these 82.4 million forcibly displaced people in the world, more than a quarter are refugees.
Just five countries produce 68% of all refugees displaced abroad: the Syrian Arab Republic, Venezuela, Afghanistan, South Sudan, and Myanmar.
The top five host countries, where these displaced people are currently located are: Turkey, Colombia, Germany, Pakistan, and Uganda.
With 3.7 million displaced people now within its borders, Turkey hosts twice as many refugees as Colombia, the next highest host country, with 1.7 million people. The situation in Turkey illustrates the effects of proximity, as 92% of its refugees have come from neighbouring Syria, where war and armed conflict have now been raging for more than 10 years. It demonstrates that huge numbers of displaced people stay close to their point of origin.
There are more than 48 million internally displaced people – people who have had to flee their homes in search of safety elsewhere within their home nation.
The highest increases in the number of internally displaced people happened in Africa and were provoked by a combination of armed conflict and humanitarian disasters. Civil war in Ethiopia, Africa’s second most-populated country, has sparked a wave of displacement in a region that was already facing what the UNHCR calls “a full-scale humanitarian crisis.”
All in all, more than a million Ethiopian people had to leave their homes behind last year, the UNHCR says.‘Humanitarian disasters’ refer to all those given below except


Options

A

civil war

civil war

B

earthquakes and floods

earthquakes and floods

C

violence and persecution

violence and persecution

D

armed conflicts

armed conflicts


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

earthquakes and floods

earthquakes and floods


option b is the right answer here according to the below part of the passage

“By the end of 2020, the number of people forcibly displaced due to persecution, conflict, violence, human rights violations, and events seriously disturbing public order, had grown to 82.4 million, the highest number on record according to available data,” according to the UN High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR). Out of these 82.4 million forcibly displaced people in the world, more than a quarter are refugees

Question 27

Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.
At the end of 2020, there were 82.4 million forcibly displaced people in the world, of which more than a quarter are refugees.
“By the end of 2020, the number of people forcibly displaced due to persecution, conflict, violence, human rights violations, and events seriously disturbing public order, had grown to 82.4 million, the highest number on record according to available data,” according to the UN High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR). Out of these 82.4 million forcibly displaced people in the world, more than a quarter are refugees.
Just five countries produce 68% of all refugees displaced abroad: the Syrian Arab Republic, Venezuela, Afghanistan, South Sudan, and Myanmar.
The top five host countries, where these displaced people are currently located are: Turkey, Colombia, Germany, Pakistan, and Uganda.
With 3.7 million displaced people now within its borders, Turkey hosts twice as many refugees as Colombia, the next highest host country, with 1.7 million people. The situation in Turkey illustrates the effects of proximity, as 92% of its refugees have come from neighbouring Syria, where war and armed conflict have now been raging for more than 10 years. It demonstrates that huge numbers of displaced people stay close to their point of origin.
There are more than 48 million internally displaced people – people who have had to flee their homes in search of safety elsewhere within their home nation.
The highest increases in the number of internally displaced people happened in Africa and were provoked by a combination of armed conflict and humanitarian disasters. Civil war in Ethiopia, Africa’s second most-populated country, has sparked a wave of displacement in a region that was already facing what the UNHCR calls “a full-scale humanitarian crisis.”
All in all, more than a million Ethiopian people had to leave their homes behind last year, the UNHCR says.Why do Syrian refugees prefer to take shelter in Turkey? Select the main reason.

Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.
At the end of 2020, there were 82.4 million forcibly displaced people in the world, of which more than a quarter are refugees.
“By the end of 2020, the number of people forcibly displaced due to persecution, conflict, violence, human rights violations, and events seriously disturbing public order, had grown to 82.4 million, the highest number on record according to available data,” according to the UN High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR). Out of these 82.4 million forcibly displaced people in the world, more than a quarter are refugees.
Just five countries produce 68% of all refugees displaced abroad: the Syrian Arab Republic, Venezuela, Afghanistan, South Sudan, and Myanmar.
The top five host countries, where these displaced people are currently located are: Turkey, Colombia, Germany, Pakistan, and Uganda.
With 3.7 million displaced people now within its borders, Turkey hosts twice as many refugees as Colombia, the next highest host country, with 1.7 million people. The situation in Turkey illustrates the effects of proximity, as 92% of its refugees have come from neighbouring Syria, where war and armed conflict have now been raging for more than 10 years. It demonstrates that huge numbers of displaced people stay close to their point of origin.
There are more than 48 million internally displaced people – people who have had to flee their homes in search of safety elsewhere within their home nation.
The highest increases in the number of internally displaced people happened in Africa and were provoked by a combination of armed conflict and humanitarian disasters. Civil war in Ethiopia, Africa’s second most-populated country, has sparked a wave of displacement in a region that was already facing what the UNHCR calls “a full-scale humanitarian crisis.”
All in all, more than a million Ethiopian people had to leave their homes behind last year, the UNHCR says.Why do Syrian refugees prefer to take shelter in Turkey? Select the main reason.


Options

A

Turkey is a beautiful country.

Turkey is a beautiful country.

B

Turkey is the nearest hospitable country to Syria.

Turkey is the nearest hospitable country to Syria.

C

Turkey provides the refugees with all amenities.

Turkey provides the refugees with all amenities.

D

Turkey is a hospitable country.

Turkey is a hospitable country.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

Turkey is the nearest hospitable country to Syria.

Turkey is the nearest hospitable country to Syria.


option B is the right answer here,

according to the passage

Turkey hosts twice as many refugees as Colombia, the next highest host country, with 1.7 million people. The situation in Turkey illustrates the effects of proximity, as 92% of its refugees have come from neighbouring Syria, where war and armed conflict have now been raging for more than 10 years. It demonstrates that huge numbers of displaced people stay close to their point of origin.

Question 28

Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.
At the end of 2020, there were 82.4 million forcibly displaced people in the world, of which more than a quarter are refugees.
“By the end of 2020, the number of people forcibly displaced due to persecution, conflict, violence, human rights violations, and events seriously disturbing public order, had grown to 82.4 million, the highest number on record according to available data,” according to the UN High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR). Out of these 82.4 million forcibly displaced people in the world, more than a quarter are refugees.
Just five countries produce 68% of all refugees displaced abroad: the Syrian Arab Republic, Venezuela, Afghanistan, South Sudan, and Myanmar.
The top five host countries, where these displaced people are currently located are: Turkey, Colombia, Germany, Pakistan, and Uganda.
With 3.7 million displaced people now within its borders, Turkey hosts twice as many refugees as Colombia, the next highest host country, with 1.7 million people. The situation in Turkey illustrates the effects of proximity, as 92% of its refugees have come from neighbouring Syria, where war and armed conflict have now been raging for more than 10 years. It demonstrates that huge numbers of displaced people stay close to their point of origin.
There are more than 48 million internally displaced people – people who have had to flee their homes in search of safety elsewhere within their home nation.
The highest increases in the number of internally displaced people happened in Africa and were provoked by a combination of armed conflict and humanitarian disasters. Civil war in Ethiopia, Africa’s second most-populated country, has sparked a wave of displacement in a region that was already facing what the UNHCR calls “a full-scale humanitarian crisis.”
All in all, more than a million Ethiopian people had to leave their homes behind last year, the UNHCR says.Which statement is NOT true according to the passage?

Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.
At the end of 2020, there were 82.4 million forcibly displaced people in the world, of which more than a quarter are refugees.
“By the end of 2020, the number of people forcibly displaced due to persecution, conflict, violence, human rights violations, and events seriously disturbing public order, had grown to 82.4 million, the highest number on record according to available data,” according to the UN High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR). Out of these 82.4 million forcibly displaced people in the world, more than a quarter are refugees.
Just five countries produce 68% of all refugees displaced abroad: the Syrian Arab Republic, Venezuela, Afghanistan, South Sudan, and Myanmar.
The top five host countries, where these displaced people are currently located are: Turkey, Colombia, Germany, Pakistan, and Uganda.
With 3.7 million displaced people now within its borders, Turkey hosts twice as many refugees as Colombia, the next highest host country, with 1.7 million people. The situation in Turkey illustrates the effects of proximity, as 92% of its refugees have come from neighbouring Syria, where war and armed conflict have now been raging for more than 10 years. It demonstrates that huge numbers of displaced people stay close to their point of origin.
There are more than 48 million internally displaced people – people who have had to flee their homes in search of safety elsewhere within their home nation.
The highest increases in the number of internally displaced people happened in Africa and were provoked by a combination of armed conflict and humanitarian disasters. Civil war in Ethiopia, Africa’s second most-populated country, has sparked a wave of displacement in a region that was already facing what the UNHCR calls “a full-scale humanitarian crisis.”
All in all, more than a million Ethiopian people had to leave their homes behind last year, the UNHCR says.Which statement is NOT true according to the passage?


Options

A

More than a million Ethiopian people were displaced last year due to civil war.

More than a million Ethiopian people were displaced last year due to civil war.

B

1.7 million people from Syria have been displaced till now due to war and armed conflict.

1.7 million people from Syria have been displaced till now due to war and armed conflict.

C

There are 82.4 million displaced persons in the world.

There are 82.4 million displaced persons in the world.

D

Turkey is presently hosting 3.7 million displaced people within its borders.

Turkey is presently hosting 3.7 million displaced people within its borders.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

1.7 million people from Syria have been displaced till now due to war and armed conflict.

1.7 million people from Syria have been displaced till now due to war and armed conflict.


by thorough reading of the passage we find that all three options except B are correct

and have been stated in the passage

hence option B is the right answer

Question 29

Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.
At the end of 2020, there were 82.4 million forcibly displaced people in the world, of which more than a quarter are refugees.
“By the end of 2020, the number of people forcibly displaced due to persecution, conflict, violence, human rights violations, and events seriously disturbing public order, had grown to 82.4 million, the highest number on record according to available data,” according to the UN High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR). Out of these 82.4 million forcibly displaced people in the world, more than a quarter are refugees.
Just five countries produce 68% of all refugees displaced abroad: the Syrian Arab Republic, Venezuela, Afghanistan, South Sudan, and Myanmar.
The top five host countries, where these displaced people are currently located are: Turkey, Colombia, Germany, Pakistan, and Uganda.
With 3.7 million displaced people now within its borders, Turkey hosts twice as many refugees as Colombia, the next highest host country, with 1.7 million people. The situation in Turkey illustrates the effects of proximity, as 92% of its refugees have come from neighbouring Syria, where war and armed conflict have now been raging for more than 10 years. It demonstrates that huge numbers of displaced people stay close to their point of origin.
There are more than 48 million internally displaced people – people who have had to flee their homes in search of safety elsewhere within their home nation.
The highest increases in the number of internally displaced people happened in Africa and were provoked by a combination of armed conflict and humanitarian disasters. Civil war in Ethiopia, Africa’s second most-populated country, has sparked a wave of displacement in a region that was already facing what the UNHCR calls “a full-scale humanitarian crisis.”
All in all, more than a million Ethiopian people had to leave their homes behind last year, the UNHCR says.The greatest number of people who have been displaced internally in their home country are in

Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.
At the end of 2020, there were 82.4 million forcibly displaced people in the world, of which more than a quarter are refugees.
“By the end of 2020, the number of people forcibly displaced due to persecution, conflict, violence, human rights violations, and events seriously disturbing public order, had grown to 82.4 million, the highest number on record according to available data,” according to the UN High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR). Out of these 82.4 million forcibly displaced people in the world, more than a quarter are refugees.
Just five countries produce 68% of all refugees displaced abroad: the Syrian Arab Republic, Venezuela, Afghanistan, South Sudan, and Myanmar.
The top five host countries, where these displaced people are currently located are: Turkey, Colombia, Germany, Pakistan, and Uganda.
With 3.7 million displaced people now within its borders, Turkey hosts twice as many refugees as Colombia, the next highest host country, with 1.7 million people. The situation in Turkey illustrates the effects of proximity, as 92% of its refugees have come from neighbouring Syria, where war and armed conflict have now been raging for more than 10 years. It demonstrates that huge numbers of displaced people stay close to their point of origin.
There are more than 48 million internally displaced people – people who have had to flee their homes in search of safety elsewhere within their home nation.
The highest increases in the number of internally displaced people happened in Africa and were provoked by a combination of armed conflict and humanitarian disasters. Civil war in Ethiopia, Africa’s second most-populated country, has sparked a wave of displacement in a region that was already facing what the UNHCR calls “a full-scale humanitarian crisis.”
All in all, more than a million Ethiopian people had to leave their homes behind last year, the UNHCR says.The greatest number of people who have been displaced internally in their home country are in


Options

A

Afghanistan

Afghanistan

B

Turkey

Turkey

C

Ethiopia

Ethiopia

D

Syria

Syria


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

Ethiopia

Ethiopia


option C ethiopia is the right answer stated in the below part of the passage,

All in all, more than a million Ethiopian people had to leave their homes behind last year, the UNHCR says.The greatest number of people who have been displaced internally in their home country are in

Question 30

Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.
At the end of 2020, there were 82.4 million forcibly displaced people in the world, of which more than a quarter are refugees.
“By the end of 2020, the number of people forcibly displaced due to persecution, conflict, violence, human rights violations, and events seriously disturbing public order, had grown to 82.4 million, the highest number on record according to available data,” according to the UN High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR). Out of these 82.4 million forcibly displaced people in the world, more than a quarter are refugees.
Just five countries produce 68% of all refugees displaced abroad: the Syrian Arab Republic, Venezuela, Afghanistan, South Sudan, and Myanmar.
The top five host countries, where these displaced people are currently located are: Turkey, Colombia, Germany, Pakistan, and Uganda.
With 3.7 million displaced people now within its borders, Turkey hosts twice as many refugees as Colombia, the next highest host country, with 1.7 million people. The situation in Turkey illustrates the effects of proximity, as 92% of its refugees have come from neighbouring Syria, where war and armed conflict have now been raging for more than 10 years. It demonstrates that huge numbers of displaced people stay close to their point of origin.
There are more than 48 million internally displaced people – people who have had to flee their homes in search of safety elsewhere within their home nation.
The highest increases in the number of internally displaced people happened in Africa and were provoked by a combination of armed conflict and humanitarian disasters. Civil war in Ethiopia, Africa’s second most-populated country, has sparked a wave of displacement in a region that was already facing what the UNHCR calls “a full-scale humanitarian crisis.”
All in all, more than a million Ethiopian people had to leave their homes behind last year, the UNHCR says.The passage is mainly about

Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.
At the end of 2020, there were 82.4 million forcibly displaced people in the world, of which more than a quarter are refugees.
“By the end of 2020, the number of people forcibly displaced due to persecution, conflict, violence, human rights violations, and events seriously disturbing public order, had grown to 82.4 million, the highest number on record according to available data,” according to the UN High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR). Out of these 82.4 million forcibly displaced people in the world, more than a quarter are refugees.
Just five countries produce 68% of all refugees displaced abroad: the Syrian Arab Republic, Venezuela, Afghanistan, South Sudan, and Myanmar.
The top five host countries, where these displaced people are currently located are: Turkey, Colombia, Germany, Pakistan, and Uganda.
With 3.7 million displaced people now within its borders, Turkey hosts twice as many refugees as Colombia, the next highest host country, with 1.7 million people. The situation in Turkey illustrates the effects of proximity, as 92% of its refugees have come from neighbouring Syria, where war and armed conflict have now been raging for more than 10 years. It demonstrates that huge numbers of displaced people stay close to their point of origin.
There are more than 48 million internally displaced people – people who have had to flee their homes in search of safety elsewhere within their home nation.
The highest increases in the number of internally displaced people happened in Africa and were provoked by a combination of armed conflict and humanitarian disasters. Civil war in Ethiopia, Africa’s second most-populated country, has sparked a wave of displacement in a region that was already facing what the UNHCR calls “a full-scale humanitarian crisis.”
All in all, more than a million Ethiopian people had to leave their homes behind last year, the UNHCR says.The passage is mainly about


Options

A

displaced persons around the world

displaced persons around the world

B

people devastated by conflicts and civil war

people devastated by conflicts and civil war

C

internally displaced people

internally displaced people

D

refugees in host countries

refugees in host countries


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

displaced persons around the world

displaced persons around the world


option A is the right answer here,

the passage mainly talks about the displaced peole around the world

 

Question 31

Read the passage and answer the questions given after it.
The savanna landscape is typified by tall grass and short trees. It is rather misleading to call the savanna ‘tropical grassland’, because trees are always present with the luxuriant tall grass. The terms ‘parkland’ or ‘bush-veld’ perhaps describe the landscape better.
Trees grow best towards the equatorial humid latitudes or along river banks but decrease in height and density away from the equator. They occur in clumps or as scattered individuals.
The trees are deciduous, shedding their leaves in the cool, dry season to prevent excessive loss of water through transpiration, e.g. acacias. Others have broad trunks, with water-storing devices to survive through the prolonged drought such as baobabs and bottle trees. Trees are mostly hard, gnarled and thorny and may exude gum like gum arable. Many trees are umbrella shaped, exposing only a narrow edge to the strong winds.
Palms which cannot withstand the drought are confined to the wettest areas or along rivers. Vegetative luxuriance reaches its peak in the rainy season, when trees renew their foliage and flower. In true savanna lands, the grass is tall and coarse, growing 6 to 12 feet high. The elephant grass may attain a height of even 15 feet! The grass tends to grow in compact tufts and has long roots which reach down in search of water. It appears greenish and well- nourished in the rainy season but turns yellow and dies down in the dry season that follows. The grass lies dormant throughout the long, rainless period and springs up again in the next rainy season.
In between the tall grass are scattered short trees and low bushes. As the rainfall diminishes towards the deserts the savanna merges into thorny scrub. In Australia, this scrubland is particularly well represented by a number of species: mallee, mulga, spinifex grass and other bushes.
The savanna, particularly in Africa, is the home of wild animals. It is known as the ‘big game country’ and thousands of animals are trapped or killed each year by people from all over the world. Some of the animals are tracked down for their skins, horns, tusks, bones or hair, others are captured alive and sent out of Africa as zoo animals, laboratory specimens or pets.
There is such a wealth of animal life in Africa that many of the animal films that we see at the cinema are actually taken in the savanna. There are, in fact, two main groups of animals in the savanna, the grass-eating herbivorous animals and the fleshing-eating carnivorous animals. The herbivorous animals are often very alert and move swiftly from place to place in search of green pastures.
They are endowed with great speed to run away from the savage flesh-eaters that are always after them. The leaf and grass-eating animals include the zebra, antelope, giraffe, deer, gazelle, elephant and okapi.
Many are well camouflaged species and their presence amongst the tall greenish-brown grass cannot be easily detected. The giraffe with such a long neck can locate its enemies a great distance away, while the elephant is so huge and strong that few animals will venture to come near it. It is well equipped with tusks and trunk for defence.
The carnivorous animals like the lion, tiger, leopard, hyena, panther, jaguar, jackal, lynx and puina have powerful jaws and teeth for attacking other animals. Their natural colorings of light yellowish-brown, often with stripes like the tiger or spots like the leopard, match perfectly with the tawny background of the savanna. They often hide themselves in shady spots up in the branches or amidst the tall bushes, and many wild animals, as well as hunters themselves, are caught unawares in this manner.Why is Savanna in Africa called the “Big Game Country”?

Read the passage and answer the questions given after it.
The savanna landscape is typified by tall grass and short trees. It is rather misleading to call the savanna ‘tropical grassland’, because trees are always present with the luxuriant tall grass. The terms ‘parkland’ or ‘bush-veld’ perhaps describe the landscape better.
Trees grow best towards the equatorial humid latitudes or along river banks but decrease in height and density away from the equator. They occur in clumps or as scattered individuals.
The trees are deciduous, shedding their leaves in the cool, dry season to prevent excessive loss of water through transpiration, e.g. acacias. Others have broad trunks, with water-storing devices to survive through the prolonged drought such as baobabs and bottle trees. Trees are mostly hard, gnarled and thorny and may exude gum like gum arable. Many trees are umbrella shaped, exposing only a narrow edge to the strong winds.
Palms which cannot withstand the drought are confined to the wettest areas or along rivers. Vegetative luxuriance reaches its peak in the rainy season, when trees renew their foliage and flower. In true savanna lands, the grass is tall and coarse, growing 6 to 12 feet high. The elephant grass may attain a height of even 15 feet! The grass tends to grow in compact tufts and has long roots which reach down in search of water. It appears greenish and well- nourished in the rainy season but turns yellow and dies down in the dry season that follows. The grass lies dormant throughout the long, rainless period and springs up again in the next rainy season.
In between the tall grass are scattered short trees and low bushes. As the rainfall diminishes towards the deserts the savanna merges into thorny scrub. In Australia, this scrubland is particularly well represented by a number of species: mallee, mulga, spinifex grass and other bushes.
The savanna, particularly in Africa, is the home of wild animals. It is known as the ‘big game country’ and thousands of animals are trapped or killed each year by people from all over the world. Some of the animals are tracked down for their skins, horns, tusks, bones or hair, others are captured alive and sent out of Africa as zoo animals, laboratory specimens or pets.
There is such a wealth of animal life in Africa that many of the animal films that we see at the cinema are actually taken in the savanna. There are, in fact, two main groups of animals in the savanna, the grass-eating herbivorous animals and the fleshing-eating carnivorous animals. The herbivorous animals are often very alert and move swiftly from place to place in search of green pastures.
They are endowed with great speed to run away from the savage flesh-eaters that are always after them. The leaf and grass-eating animals include the zebra, antelope, giraffe, deer, gazelle, elephant and okapi.
Many are well camouflaged species and their presence amongst the tall greenish-brown grass cannot be easily detected. The giraffe with such a long neck can locate its enemies a great distance away, while the elephant is so huge and strong that few animals will venture to come near it. It is well equipped with tusks and trunk for defence.
The carnivorous animals like the lion, tiger, leopard, hyena, panther, jaguar, jackal, lynx and puina have powerful jaws and teeth for attacking other animals. Their natural colorings of light yellowish-brown, often with stripes like the tiger or spots like the leopard, match perfectly with the tawny background of the savanna. They often hide themselves in shady spots up in the branches or amidst the tall bushes, and many wild animals, as well as hunters themselves, are caught unawares in this manner.Why is Savanna in Africa called the “Big Game Country”?


Options

A

Thousands of animals are hunted here.

Thousands of animals are hunted here.

B

There are both carnivores and herbivores.

There are both carnivores and herbivores.

C

It is home to many wild animals.

It is home to many wild animals.

D

Animal movies are particularly shot here.

Animal movies are particularly shot here.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

Thousands of animals are hunted here.

Thousands of animals are hunted here.


. It is known as the ‘big game country’ and thousands of animals are trapped or killed each year by people from all over the world. Some of the animals are tracked down for their skins, horns, tusks, bones or hair, others are captured alive and sent out of Africa as zoo animals, laboratory specimens or pets

 

from the above part of the passage option A is the right answer.

Question 32

Read the passage and answer the questions given after it.
The savanna landscape is typified by tall grass and short trees. It is rather misleading to call the savanna ‘tropical grassland’, because trees are always present with the luxuriant tall grass. The terms ‘parkland’ or ‘bush-veld’ perhaps describe the landscape better.
Trees grow best towards the equatorial humid latitudes or along river banks but decrease in height and density away from the equator. They occur in clumps or as scattered individuals.
The trees are deciduous, shedding their leaves in the cool, dry season to prevent excessive loss of water through transpiration, e.g. acacias. Others have broad trunks, with water-storing devices to survive through the prolonged drought such as baobabs and bottle trees. Trees are mostly hard, gnarled and thorny and may exude gum like gum arable. Many trees are umbrella shaped, exposing only a narrow edge to the strong winds.
Palms which cannot withstand the drought are confined to the wettest areas or along rivers. Vegetative luxuriance reaches its peak in the rainy season, when trees renew their foliage and flower. In true savanna lands, the grass is tall and coarse, growing 6 to 12 feet high. The elephant grass may attain a height of even 15 feet! The grass tends to grow in compact tufts and has long roots which reach down in search of water. It appears greenish and well- nourished in the rainy season but turns yellow and dies down in the dry season that follows. The grass lies dormant throughout the long, rainless period and springs up again in the next rainy season.
In between the tall grass are scattered short trees and low bushes. As the rainfall diminishes towards the deserts the savanna merges into thorny scrub. In Australia, this scrubland is particularly well represented by a number of species: mallee, mulga, spinifex grass and other bushes.
The savanna, particularly in Africa, is the home of wild animals. It is known as the ‘big game country’ and thousands of animals are trapped or killed each year by people from all over the world. Some of the animals are tracked down for their skins, horns, tusks, bones or hair, others are captured alive and sent out of Africa as zoo animals, laboratory specimens or pets.
There is such a wealth of animal life in Africa that many of the animal films that we see at the cinema are actually taken in the savanna. There are, in fact, two main groups of animals in the savanna, the grass-eating herbivorous animals and the fleshing-eating carnivorous animals. The herbivorous animals are often very alert and move swiftly from place to place in search of green pastures.
They are endowed with great speed to run away from the savage flesh-eaters that are always after them. The leaf and grass-eating animals include the zebra, antelope, giraffe, deer, gazelle, elephant and okapi.
Many are well camouflaged species and their presence amongst the tall greenish-brown grass cannot be easily detected. The giraffe with such a long neck can locate its enemies a great distance away, while the elephant is so huge and strong that few animals will venture to come near it. It is well equipped with tusks and trunk for defence.
The carnivorous animals like the lion, tiger, leopard, hyena, panther, jaguar, jackal, lynx and puina have powerful jaws and teeth for attacking other animals. Their natural colorings of light yellowish-brown, often with stripes like the tiger or spots like the leopard, match perfectly with the tawny background of the savanna. They often hide themselves in shady spots up in the branches or amidst the tall bushes, and many wild animals, as well as hunters themselves, are caught unawares in this manner.Select the carnivorous animal from the following.

Read the passage and answer the questions given after it.
The savanna landscape is typified by tall grass and short trees. It is rather misleading to call the savanna ‘tropical grassland’, because trees are always present with the luxuriant tall grass. The terms ‘parkland’ or ‘bush-veld’ perhaps describe the landscape better.
Trees grow best towards the equatorial humid latitudes or along river banks but decrease in height and density away from the equator. They occur in clumps or as scattered individuals.
The trees are deciduous, shedding their leaves in the cool, dry season to prevent excessive loss of water through transpiration, e.g. acacias. Others have broad trunks, with water-storing devices to survive through the prolonged drought such as baobabs and bottle trees. Trees are mostly hard, gnarled and thorny and may exude gum like gum arable. Many trees are umbrella shaped, exposing only a narrow edge to the strong winds.
Palms which cannot withstand the drought are confined to the wettest areas or along rivers. Vegetative luxuriance reaches its peak in the rainy season, when trees renew their foliage and flower. In true savanna lands, the grass is tall and coarse, growing 6 to 12 feet high. The elephant grass may attain a height of even 15 feet! The grass tends to grow in compact tufts and has long roots which reach down in search of water. It appears greenish and well- nourished in the rainy season but turns yellow and dies down in the dry season that follows. The grass lies dormant throughout the long, rainless period and springs up again in the next rainy season.
In between the tall grass are scattered short trees and low bushes. As the rainfall diminishes towards the deserts the savanna merges into thorny scrub. In Australia, this scrubland is particularly well represented by a number of species: mallee, mulga, spinifex grass and other bushes.
The savanna, particularly in Africa, is the home of wild animals. It is known as the ‘big game country’ and thousands of animals are trapped or killed each year by people from all over the world. Some of the animals are tracked down for their skins, horns, tusks, bones or hair, others are captured alive and sent out of Africa as zoo animals, laboratory specimens or pets.
There is such a wealth of animal life in Africa that many of the animal films that we see at the cinema are actually taken in the savanna. There are, in fact, two main groups of animals in the savanna, the grass-eating herbivorous animals and the fleshing-eating carnivorous animals. The herbivorous animals are often very alert and move swiftly from place to place in search of green pastures.
They are endowed with great speed to run away from the savage flesh-eaters that are always after them. The leaf and grass-eating animals include the zebra, antelope, giraffe, deer, gazelle, elephant and okapi.
Many are well camouflaged species and their presence amongst the tall greenish-brown grass cannot be easily detected. The giraffe with such a long neck can locate its enemies a great distance away, while the elephant is so huge and strong that few animals will venture to come near it. It is well equipped with tusks and trunk for defence.
The carnivorous animals like the lion, tiger, leopard, hyena, panther, jaguar, jackal, lynx and puina have powerful jaws and teeth for attacking other animals. Their natural colorings of light yellowish-brown, often with stripes like the tiger or spots like the leopard, match perfectly with the tawny background of the savanna. They often hide themselves in shady spots up in the branches or amidst the tall bushes, and many wild animals, as well as hunters themselves, are caught unawares in this manner.Select the carnivorous animal from the following.


Options

A

gazelle

gazelle

B

zebra

zebra

C

okapi

okapi

D

lynx

lynx


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

lynx

lynx


The carnivorous animals like the lion, tiger, leopard, hyena, panther, jaguar, jackal, lynx and puina have powerful jaws and teeth for attacking other animals.

from the above line of passage we find that option D is the right answer

Question 33

Read the passage and answer the questions given after it.
The savanna landscape is typified by tall grass and short trees. It is rather misleading to call the savanna ‘tropical grassland’, because trees are always present with the luxuriant tall grass. The terms ‘parkland’ or ‘bush-veld’ perhaps describe the landscape better.
Trees grow best towards the equatorial humid latitudes or along river banks but decrease in height and density away from the equator. They occur in clumps or as scattered individuals.
The trees are deciduous, shedding their leaves in the cool, dry season to prevent excessive loss of water through transpiration, e.g. acacias. Others have broad trunks, with water-storing devices to survive through the prolonged drought such as baobabs and bottle trees. Trees are mostly hard, gnarled and thorny and may exude gum like gum arable. Many trees are umbrella shaped, exposing only a narrow edge to the strong winds.
Palms which cannot withstand the drought are confined to the wettest areas or along rivers. Vegetative luxuriance reaches its peak in the rainy season, when trees renew their foliage and flower. In true savanna lands, the grass is tall and coarse, growing 6 to 12 feet high. The elephant grass may attain a height of even 15 feet! The grass tends to grow in compact tufts and has long roots which reach down in search of water. It appears greenish and well- nourished in the rainy season but turns yellow and dies down in the dry season that follows. The grass lies dormant throughout the long, rainless period and springs up again in the next rainy season.
In between the tall grass are scattered short trees and low bushes. As the rainfall diminishes towards the deserts the savanna merges into thorny scrub. In Australia, this scrubland is particularly well represented by a number of species: mallee, mulga, spinifex grass and other bushes.
The savanna, particularly in Africa, is the home of wild animals. It is known as the ‘big game country’ and thousands of animals are trapped or killed each year by people from all over the world. Some of the animals are tracked down for their skins, horns, tusks, bones or hair, others are captured alive and sent out of Africa as zoo animals, laboratory specimens or pets.
There is such a wealth of animal life in Africa that many of the animal films that we see at the cinema are actually taken in the savanna. There are, in fact, two main groups of animals in the savanna, the grass-eating herbivorous animals and the fleshing-eating carnivorous animals. The herbivorous animals are often very alert and move swiftly from place to place in search of green pastures.
They are endowed with great speed to run away from the savage flesh-eaters that are always after them. The leaf and grass-eating animals include the zebra, antelope, giraffe, deer, gazelle, elephant and okapi.
Many are well camouflaged species and their presence amongst the tall greenish-brown grass cannot be easily detected. The giraffe with such a long neck can locate its enemies a great distance away, while the elephant is so huge and strong that few animals will venture to come near it. It is well equipped with tusks and trunk for defence.
The carnivorous animals like the lion, tiger, leopard, hyena, panther, jaguar, jackal, lynx and puina have powerful jaws and teeth for attacking other animals. Their natural colorings of light yellowish-brown, often with stripes like the tiger or spots like the leopard, match perfectly with the tawny background of the savanna. They often hide themselves in shady spots up in the branches or amidst the tall bushes, and many wild animals, as well as hunters themselves, are caught unawares in this manner.Which species of vegetation is NOT found in Australian Savanna?

Read the passage and answer the questions given after it.
The savanna landscape is typified by tall grass and short trees. It is rather misleading to call the savanna ‘tropical grassland’, because trees are always present with the luxuriant tall grass. The terms ‘parkland’ or ‘bush-veld’ perhaps describe the landscape better.
Trees grow best towards the equatorial humid latitudes or along river banks but decrease in height and density away from the equator. They occur in clumps or as scattered individuals.
The trees are deciduous, shedding their leaves in the cool, dry season to prevent excessive loss of water through transpiration, e.g. acacias. Others have broad trunks, with water-storing devices to survive through the prolonged drought such as baobabs and bottle trees. Trees are mostly hard, gnarled and thorny and may exude gum like gum arable. Many trees are umbrella shaped, exposing only a narrow edge to the strong winds.
Palms which cannot withstand the drought are confined to the wettest areas or along rivers. Vegetative luxuriance reaches its peak in the rainy season, when trees renew their foliage and flower. In true savanna lands, the grass is tall and coarse, growing 6 to 12 feet high. The elephant grass may attain a height of even 15 feet! The grass tends to grow in compact tufts and has long roots which reach down in search of water. It appears greenish and well- nourished in the rainy season but turns yellow and dies down in the dry season that follows. The grass lies dormant throughout the long, rainless period and springs up again in the next rainy season.
In between the tall grass are scattered short trees and low bushes. As the rainfall diminishes towards the deserts the savanna merges into thorny scrub. In Australia, this scrubland is particularly well represented by a number of species: mallee, mulga, spinifex grass and other bushes.
The savanna, particularly in Africa, is the home of wild animals. It is known as the ‘big game country’ and thousands of animals are trapped or killed each year by people from all over the world. Some of the animals are tracked down for their skins, horns, tusks, bones or hair, others are captured alive and sent out of Africa as zoo animals, laboratory specimens or pets.
There is such a wealth of animal life in Africa that many of the animal films that we see at the cinema are actually taken in the savanna. There are, in fact, two main groups of animals in the savanna, the grass-eating herbivorous animals and the fleshing-eating carnivorous animals. The herbivorous animals are often very alert and move swiftly from place to place in search of green pastures.
They are endowed with great speed to run away from the savage flesh-eaters that are always after them. The leaf and grass-eating animals include the zebra, antelope, giraffe, deer, gazelle, elephant and okapi.
Many are well camouflaged species and their presence amongst the tall greenish-brown grass cannot be easily detected. The giraffe with such a long neck can locate its enemies a great distance away, while the elephant is so huge and strong that few animals will venture to come near it. It is well equipped with tusks and trunk for defence.
The carnivorous animals like the lion, tiger, leopard, hyena, panther, jaguar, jackal, lynx and puina have powerful jaws and teeth for attacking other animals. Their natural colorings of light yellowish-brown, often with stripes like the tiger or spots like the leopard, match perfectly with the tawny background of the savanna. They often hide themselves in shady spots up in the branches or amidst the tall bushes, and many wild animals, as well as hunters themselves, are caught unawares in this manner.Which species of vegetation is NOT found in Australian Savanna?


Options

A

elephant grass

elephant grass

B

mulga

mulga

C

spinifex grass

spinifex grass

D

mallee

mallee


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

elephant grass

elephant grass


Australia, this scrubland is particularly well represented by a number of species: mallee, mulga, spinifex grass and other bushes.

 

from the above explanation we see, that option A elephant grass is the right answer

 

Question 34

Read the passage and answer the questions given after it.
The savanna landscape is typified by tall grass and short trees. It is rather misleading to call the savanna ‘tropical grassland’, because trees are always present with the luxuriant tall grass. The terms ‘parkland’ or ‘bush-veld’ perhaps describe the landscape better.
Trees grow best towards the equatorial humid latitudes or along river banks but decrease in height and density away from the equator. They occur in clumps or as scattered individuals.
The trees are deciduous, shedding their leaves in the cool, dry season to prevent excessive loss of water through transpiration, e.g. acacias. Others have broad trunks, with water-storing devices to survive through the prolonged drought such as baobabs and bottle trees. Trees are mostly hard, gnarled and thorny and may exude gum like gum arable. Many trees are umbrella shaped, exposing only a narrow edge to the strong winds.
Palms which cannot withstand the drought are confined to the wettest areas or along rivers. Vegetative luxuriance reaches its peak in the rainy season, when trees renew their foliage and flower. In true savanna lands, the grass is tall and coarse, growing 6 to 12 feet high. The elephant grass may attain a height of even 15 feet! The grass tends to grow in compact tufts and has long roots which reach down in search of water. It appears greenish and well- nourished in the rainy season but turns yellow and dies down in the dry season that follows. The grass lies dormant throughout the long, rainless period and springs up again in the next rainy season.
In between the tall grass are scattered short trees and low bushes. As the rainfall diminishes towards the deserts the savanna merges into thorny scrub. In Australia, this scrubland is particularly well represented by a number of species: mallee, mulga, spinifex grass and other bushes.
The savanna, particularly in Africa, is the home of wild animals. It is known as the ‘big game country’ and thousands of animals are trapped or killed each year by people from all over the world. Some of the animals are tracked down for their skins, horns, tusks, bones or hair, others are captured alive and sent out of Africa as zoo animals, laboratory specimens or pets.
There is such a wealth of animal life in Africa that many of the animal films that we see at the cinema are actually taken in the savanna. There are, in fact, two main groups of animals in the savanna, the grass-eating herbivorous animals and the fleshing-eating carnivorous animals. The herbivorous animals are often very alert and move swiftly from place to place in search of green pastures.
They are endowed with great speed to run away from the savage flesh-eaters that are always after them. The leaf and grass-eating animals include the zebra, antelope, giraffe, deer, gazelle, elephant and okapi.
Many are well camouflaged species and their presence amongst the tall greenish-brown grass cannot be easily detected. The giraffe with such a long neck can locate its enemies a great distance away, while the elephant is so huge and strong that few animals will venture to come near it. It is well equipped with tusks and trunk for defence.
The carnivorous animals like the lion, tiger, leopard, hyena, panther, jaguar, jackal, lynx and puina have powerful jaws and teeth for attacking other animals. Their natural colorings of light yellowish-brown, often with stripes like the tiger or spots like the leopard, match perfectly with the tawny background of the savanna. They often hide themselves in shady spots up in the branches or amidst the tall bushes, and many wild animals, as well as hunters themselves, are caught unawares in this manner.What is the main feature of Savanna landscape?

Read the passage and answer the questions given after it.
The savanna landscape is typified by tall grass and short trees. It is rather misleading to call the savanna ‘tropical grassland’, because trees are always present with the luxuriant tall grass. The terms ‘parkland’ or ‘bush-veld’ perhaps describe the landscape better.
Trees grow best towards the equatorial humid latitudes or along river banks but decrease in height and density away from the equator. They occur in clumps or as scattered individuals.
The trees are deciduous, shedding their leaves in the cool, dry season to prevent excessive loss of water through transpiration, e.g. acacias. Others have broad trunks, with water-storing devices to survive through the prolonged drought such as baobabs and bottle trees. Trees are mostly hard, gnarled and thorny and may exude gum like gum arable. Many trees are umbrella shaped, exposing only a narrow edge to the strong winds.
Palms which cannot withstand the drought are confined to the wettest areas or along rivers. Vegetative luxuriance reaches its peak in the rainy season, when trees renew their foliage and flower. In true savanna lands, the grass is tall and coarse, growing 6 to 12 feet high. The elephant grass may attain a height of even 15 feet! The grass tends to grow in compact tufts and has long roots which reach down in search of water. It appears greenish and well- nourished in the rainy season but turns yellow and dies down in the dry season that follows. The grass lies dormant throughout the long, rainless period and springs up again in the next rainy season.
In between the tall grass are scattered short trees and low bushes. As the rainfall diminishes towards the deserts the savanna merges into thorny scrub. In Australia, this scrubland is particularly well represented by a number of species: mallee, mulga, spinifex grass and other bushes.
The savanna, particularly in Africa, is the home of wild animals. It is known as the ‘big game country’ and thousands of animals are trapped or killed each year by people from all over the world. Some of the animals are tracked down for their skins, horns, tusks, bones or hair, others are captured alive and sent out of Africa as zoo animals, laboratory specimens or pets.
There is such a wealth of animal life in Africa that many of the animal films that we see at the cinema are actually taken in the savanna. There are, in fact, two main groups of animals in the savanna, the grass-eating herbivorous animals and the fleshing-eating carnivorous animals. The herbivorous animals are often very alert and move swiftly from place to place in search of green pastures.
They are endowed with great speed to run away from the savage flesh-eaters that are always after them. The leaf and grass-eating animals include the zebra, antelope, giraffe, deer, gazelle, elephant and okapi.
Many are well camouflaged species and their presence amongst the tall greenish-brown grass cannot be easily detected. The giraffe with such a long neck can locate its enemies a great distance away, while the elephant is so huge and strong that few animals will venture to come near it. It is well equipped with tusks and trunk for defence.
The carnivorous animals like the lion, tiger, leopard, hyena, panther, jaguar, jackal, lynx and puina have powerful jaws and teeth for attacking other animals. Their natural colorings of light yellowish-brown, often with stripes like the tiger or spots like the leopard, match perfectly with the tawny background of the savanna. They often hide themselves in shady spots up in the branches or amidst the tall bushes, and many wild animals, as well as hunters themselves, are caught unawares in this manner.What is the main feature of Savanna landscape?


Options

A

dry grass and low bushes

dry grass and low bushes

B

tall grass and short trees

tall grass and short trees

C

tall trees and short grass

tall trees and short grass

D

dense forests with tall trees

dense forests with tall trees


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

tall grass and short trees

tall grass and short trees


in the beggining of the passage we have;

The savanna landscape is typified by tall grass and short trees.

so option B is the right answer

Question 35

Read the passage and answer the questions given after it.
The savanna landscape is typified by tall grass and short trees. It is rather misleading to call the savanna ‘tropical grassland’, because trees are always present with the luxuriant tall grass. The terms ‘parkland’ or ‘bush-veld’ perhaps describe the landscape better.
Trees grow best towards the equatorial humid latitudes or along river banks but decrease in height and density away from the equator. They occur in clumps or as scattered individuals.
The trees are deciduous, shedding their leaves in the cool, dry season to prevent excessive loss of water through transpiration, e.g. acacias. Others have broad trunks, with water-storing devices to survive through the prolonged drought such as baobabs and bottle trees. Trees are mostly hard, gnarled and thorny and may exude gum like gum arable. Many trees are umbrella shaped, exposing only a narrow edge to the strong winds.
Palms which cannot withstand the drought are confined to the wettest areas or along rivers. Vegetative luxuriance reaches its peak in the rainy season, when trees renew their foliage and flower. In true savanna lands, the grass is tall and coarse, growing 6 to 12 feet high. The elephant grass may attain a height of even 15 feet! The grass tends to grow in compact tufts and has long roots which reach down in search of water. It appears greenish and well- nourished in the rainy season but turns yellow and dies down in the dry season that follows. The grass lies dormant throughout the long, rainless period and springs up again in the next rainy season.
In between the tall grass are scattered short trees and low bushes. As the rainfall diminishes towards the deserts the savanna merges into thorny scrub. In Australia, this scrubland is particularly well represented by a number of species: mallee, mulga, spinifex grass and other bushes.
The savanna, particularly in Africa, is the home of wild animals. It is known as the ‘big game country’ and thousands of animals are trapped or killed each year by people from all over the world. Some of the animals are tracked down for their skins, horns, tusks, bones or hair, others are captured alive and sent out of Africa as zoo animals, laboratory specimens or pets.
There is such a wealth of animal life in Africa that many of the animal films that we see at the cinema are actually taken in the savanna. There are, in fact, two main groups of animals in the savanna, the grass-eating herbivorous animals and the fleshing-eating carnivorous animals. The herbivorous animals are often very alert and move swiftly from place to place in search of green pastures.
They are endowed with great speed to run away from the savage flesh-eaters that are always after them. The leaf and grass-eating animals include the zebra, antelope, giraffe, deer, gazelle, elephant and okapi.
Many are well camouflaged species and their presence amongst the tall greenish-brown grass cannot be easily detected. The giraffe with such a long neck can locate its enemies a great distance away, while the elephant is so huge and strong that few animals will venture to come near it. It is well equipped with tusks and trunk for defence.
The carnivorous animals like the lion, tiger, leopard, hyena, panther, jaguar, jackal, lynx and puina have powerful jaws and teeth for attacking other animals. Their natural colorings of light yellowish-brown, often with stripes like the tiger or spots like the leopard, match perfectly with the tawny background of the savanna. They often hide themselves in shady spots up in the branches or amidst the tall bushes, and many wild animals, as well as hunters themselves, are caught unawares in this manner.Match the words with their meanings.

Words- a. luxuriant, b. dormant, c. prolonged
Meanings- 1. continued, 2. lush, 3. sleeping

Read the passage and answer the questions given after it.
The savanna landscape is typified by tall grass and short trees. It is rather misleading to call the savanna ‘tropical grassland’, because trees are always present with the luxuriant tall grass. The terms ‘parkland’ or ‘bush-veld’ perhaps describe the landscape better.
Trees grow best towards the equatorial humid latitudes or along river banks but decrease in height and density away from the equator. They occur in clumps or as scattered individuals.
The trees are deciduous, shedding their leaves in the cool, dry season to prevent excessive loss of water through transpiration, e.g. acacias. Others have broad trunks, with water-storing devices to survive through the prolonged drought such as baobabs and bottle trees. Trees are mostly hard, gnarled and thorny and may exude gum like gum arable. Many trees are umbrella shaped, exposing only a narrow edge to the strong winds.
Palms which cannot withstand the drought are confined to the wettest areas or along rivers. Vegetative luxuriance reaches its peak in the rainy season, when trees renew their foliage and flower. In true savanna lands, the grass is tall and coarse, growing 6 to 12 feet high. The elephant grass may attain a height of even 15 feet! The grass tends to grow in compact tufts and has long roots which reach down in search of water. It appears greenish and well- nourished in the rainy season but turns yellow and dies down in the dry season that follows. The grass lies dormant throughout the long, rainless period and springs up again in the next rainy season.
In between the tall grass are scattered short trees and low bushes. As the rainfall diminishes towards the deserts the savanna merges into thorny scrub. In Australia, this scrubland is particularly well represented by a number of species: mallee, mulga, spinifex grass and other bushes.
The savanna, particularly in Africa, is the home of wild animals. It is known as the ‘big game country’ and thousands of animals are trapped or killed each year by people from all over the world. Some of the animals are tracked down for their skins, horns, tusks, bones or hair, others are captured alive and sent out of Africa as zoo animals, laboratory specimens or pets.
There is such a wealth of animal life in Africa that many of the animal films that we see at the cinema are actually taken in the savanna. There are, in fact, two main groups of animals in the savanna, the grass-eating herbivorous animals and the fleshing-eating carnivorous animals. The herbivorous animals are often very alert and move swiftly from place to place in search of green pastures.
They are endowed with great speed to run away from the savage flesh-eaters that are always after them. The leaf and grass-eating animals include the zebra, antelope, giraffe, deer, gazelle, elephant and okapi.
Many are well camouflaged species and their presence amongst the tall greenish-brown grass cannot be easily detected. The giraffe with such a long neck can locate its enemies a great distance away, while the elephant is so huge and strong that few animals will venture to come near it. It is well equipped with tusks and trunk for defence.
The carnivorous animals like the lion, tiger, leopard, hyena, panther, jaguar, jackal, lynx and puina have powerful jaws and teeth for attacking other animals. Their natural colorings of light yellowish-brown, often with stripes like the tiger or spots like the leopard, match perfectly with the tawny background of the savanna. They often hide themselves in shady spots up in the branches or amidst the tall bushes, and many wild animals, as well as hunters themselves, are caught unawares in this manner.Match the words with their meanings.

Words- a. luxuriant, b. dormant, c. prolonged
Meanings- 1. continued, 2. lush, 3. sleeping


Options

A

a-2, b-3, c-1

a-2, b-3, c-1

B

a-1, b-3, c-2

a-1, b-3, c-2

C

a-2, b-1, c-3

a-2, b-1, c-3

D

a-3, b-2, c-1

a-3, b-2, c-1


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

a-2, b-3, c-1

a-2, b-3, c-1


option A is the right answer here,

luxriant or lush means the same that is rich and profuse in growth.

dormant or sleeping means the same that is one which is not active'

prolonged or continuing is the same that means happening for a long period of time continuously

Question 36

Read the passage and answer the questions given after it.
The savanna landscape is typified by tall grass and short trees. It is rather misleading to call the savanna ‘tropical grassland’, because trees are always present with the luxuriant tall grass. The terms ‘parkland’ or ‘bush-veld’ perhaps describe the landscape better.
Trees grow best towards the equatorial humid latitudes or along river banks but decrease in height and density away from the equator. They occur in clumps or as scattered individuals.
The trees are deciduous, shedding their leaves in the cool, dry season to prevent excessive loss of water through transpiration, e.g. acacias. Others have broad trunks, with water-storing devices to survive through the prolonged drought such as baobabs and bottle trees. Trees are mostly hard, gnarled and thorny and may exude gum like gum arable. Many trees are umbrella shaped, exposing only a narrow edge to the strong winds.
Palms which cannot withstand the drought are confined to the wettest areas or along rivers. Vegetative luxuriance reaches its peak in the rainy season, when trees renew their foliage and flower. In true savanna lands, the grass is tall and coarse, growing 6 to 12 feet high. The elephant grass may attain a height of even 15 feet! The grass tends to grow in compact tufts and has long roots which reach down in search of water. It appears greenish and well- nourished in the rainy season but turns yellow and dies down in the dry season that follows. The grass lies dormant throughout the long, rainless period and springs up again in the next rainy season.
In between the tall grass are scattered short trees and low bushes. As the rainfall diminishes towards the deserts the savanna merges into thorny scrub. In Australia, this scrubland is particularly well represented by a number of species: mallee, mulga, spinifex grass and other bushes.
The savanna, particularly in Africa, is the home of wild animals. It is known as the ‘big game country’ and thousands of animals are trapped or killed each year by people from all over the world. Some of the animals are tracked down for their skins, horns, tusks, bones or hair, others are captured alive and sent out of Africa as zoo animals, laboratory specimens or pets.
There is such a wealth of animal life in Africa that many of the animal films that we see at the cinema are actually taken in the savanna. There are, in fact, two main groups of animals in the savanna, the grass-eating herbivorous animals and the fleshing-eating carnivorous animals. The herbivorous animals are often very alert and move swiftly from place to place in search of green pastures.
They are endowed with great speed to run away from the savage flesh-eaters that are always after them. The leaf and grass-eating animals include the zebra, antelope, giraffe, deer, gazelle, elephant and okapi.
Many are well camouflaged species and their presence amongst the tall greenish-brown grass cannot be easily detected. The giraffe with such a long neck can locate its enemies a great distance away, while the elephant is so huge and strong that few animals will venture to come near it. It is well equipped with tusks and trunk for defence.
The carnivorous animals like the lion, tiger, leopard, hyena, panther, jaguar, jackal, lynx and puina have powerful jaws and teeth for attacking other animals. Their natural colorings of light yellowish-brown, often with stripes like the tiger or spots like the leopard, match perfectly with the tawny background of the savanna. They often hide themselves in shady spots up in the branches or amidst the tall bushes, and many wild animals, as well as hunters themselves, are caught unawares in this manner.The main theme of the passage is

Read the passage and answer the questions given after it.
The savanna landscape is typified by tall grass and short trees. It is rather misleading to call the savanna ‘tropical grassland’, because trees are always present with the luxuriant tall grass. The terms ‘parkland’ or ‘bush-veld’ perhaps describe the landscape better.
Trees grow best towards the equatorial humid latitudes or along river banks but decrease in height and density away from the equator. They occur in clumps or as scattered individuals.
The trees are deciduous, shedding their leaves in the cool, dry season to prevent excessive loss of water through transpiration, e.g. acacias. Others have broad trunks, with water-storing devices to survive through the prolonged drought such as baobabs and bottle trees. Trees are mostly hard, gnarled and thorny and may exude gum like gum arable. Many trees are umbrella shaped, exposing only a narrow edge to the strong winds.
Palms which cannot withstand the drought are confined to the wettest areas or along rivers. Vegetative luxuriance reaches its peak in the rainy season, when trees renew their foliage and flower. In true savanna lands, the grass is tall and coarse, growing 6 to 12 feet high. The elephant grass may attain a height of even 15 feet! The grass tends to grow in compact tufts and has long roots which reach down in search of water. It appears greenish and well- nourished in the rainy season but turns yellow and dies down in the dry season that follows. The grass lies dormant throughout the long, rainless period and springs up again in the next rainy season.
In between the tall grass are scattered short trees and low bushes. As the rainfall diminishes towards the deserts the savanna merges into thorny scrub. In Australia, this scrubland is particularly well represented by a number of species: mallee, mulga, spinifex grass and other bushes.
The savanna, particularly in Africa, is the home of wild animals. It is known as the ‘big game country’ and thousands of animals are trapped or killed each year by people from all over the world. Some of the animals are tracked down for their skins, horns, tusks, bones or hair, others are captured alive and sent out of Africa as zoo animals, laboratory specimens or pets.
There is such a wealth of animal life in Africa that many of the animal films that we see at the cinema are actually taken in the savanna. There are, in fact, two main groups of animals in the savanna, the grass-eating herbivorous animals and the fleshing-eating carnivorous animals. The herbivorous animals are often very alert and move swiftly from place to place in search of green pastures.
They are endowed with great speed to run away from the savage flesh-eaters that are always after them. The leaf and grass-eating animals include the zebra, antelope, giraffe, deer, gazelle, elephant and okapi.
Many are well camouflaged species and their presence amongst the tall greenish-brown grass cannot be easily detected. The giraffe with such a long neck can locate its enemies a great distance away, while the elephant is so huge and strong that few animals will venture to come near it. It is well equipped with tusks and trunk for defence.
The carnivorous animals like the lion, tiger, leopard, hyena, panther, jaguar, jackal, lynx and puina have powerful jaws and teeth for attacking other animals. Their natural colorings of light yellowish-brown, often with stripes like the tiger or spots like the leopard, match perfectly with the tawny background of the savanna. They often hide themselves in shady spots up in the branches or amidst the tall bushes, and many wild animals, as well as hunters themselves, are caught unawares in this manner.The main theme of the passage is


Options

A

Vegetation and animal life in Savanna

Vegetation and animal life in Savanna

B

Life in Savanna grassland

Life in Savanna grassland

C

Grasses of the grassland Savanna

Grasses of the grassland Savanna

D

Wealth of animal life in Africa

Wealth of animal life in Africa


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

Vegetation and animal life in Savanna

Vegetation and animal life in Savanna


from thorough reading of the passage we can derive that the main theme of the passage is vegetation and animal life in savana.

the passage talks about these two mainly

Question 37

Read the passage and answer the questions given after it.
The savanna landscape is typified by tall grass and short trees. It is rather misleading to call the savanna ‘tropical grassland’, because trees are always present with the luxuriant tall grass. The terms ‘parkland’ or ‘bush-veld’ perhaps describe the landscape better.
Trees grow best towards the equatorial humid latitudes or along river banks but decrease in height and density away from the equator. They occur in clumps or as scattered individuals.
The trees are deciduous, shedding their leaves in the cool, dry season to prevent excessive loss of water through transpiration, e.g. acacias. Others have broad trunks, with water-storing devices to survive through the prolonged drought such as baobabs and bottle trees. Trees are mostly hard, gnarled and thorny and may exude gum like gum arable. Many trees are umbrella shaped, exposing only a narrow edge to the strong winds.
Palms which cannot withstand the drought are confined to the wettest areas or along rivers. Vegetative luxuriance reaches its peak in the rainy season, when trees renew their foliage and flower. In true savanna lands, the grass is tall and coarse, growing 6 to 12 feet high. The elephant grass may attain a height of even 15 feet! The grass tends to grow in compact tufts and has long roots which reach down in search of water. It appears greenish and well- nourished in the rainy season but turns yellow and dies down in the dry season that follows. The grass lies dormant throughout the long, rainless period and springs up again in the next rainy season.
In between the tall grass are scattered short trees and low bushes. As the rainfall diminishes towards the deserts the savanna merges into thorny scrub. In Australia, this scrubland is particularly well represented by a number of species: mallee, mulga, spinifex grass and other bushes.
The savanna, particularly in Africa, is the home of wild animals. It is known as the ‘big game country’ and thousands of animals are trapped or killed each year by people from all over the world. Some of the animals are tracked down for their skins, horns, tusks, bones or hair, others are captured alive and sent out of Africa as zoo animals, laboratory specimens or pets.
There is such a wealth of animal life in Africa that many of the animal films that we see at the cinema are actually taken in the savanna. There are, in fact, two main groups of animals in the savanna, the grass-eating herbivorous animals and the fleshing-eating carnivorous animals. The herbivorous animals are often very alert and move swiftly from place to place in search of green pastures.
They are endowed with great speed to run away from the savage flesh-eaters that are always after them. The leaf and grass-eating animals include the zebra, antelope, giraffe, deer, gazelle, elephant and okapi.
Many are well camouflaged species and their presence amongst the tall greenish-brown grass cannot be easily detected. The giraffe with such a long neck can locate its enemies a great distance away, while the elephant is so huge and strong that few animals will venture to come near it. It is well equipped with tusks and trunk for defence.
The carnivorous animals like the lion, tiger, leopard, hyena, panther, jaguar, jackal, lynx and puina have powerful jaws and teeth for attacking other animals. Their natural colorings of light yellowish-brown, often with stripes like the tiger or spots like the leopard, match perfectly with the tawny background of the savanna. They often hide themselves in shady spots up in the branches or amidst the tall bushes, and many wild animals, as well as hunters themselves, are caught unawares in this manner.Select the most appropriate meaning of the underlined word as it is used in the text.

Palms which cannot withstand the drought are confined to the wettest areas or along rivers.

Read the passage and answer the questions given after it.
The savanna landscape is typified by tall grass and short trees. It is rather misleading to call the savanna ‘tropical grassland’, because trees are always present with the luxuriant tall grass. The terms ‘parkland’ or ‘bush-veld’ perhaps describe the landscape better.
Trees grow best towards the equatorial humid latitudes or along river banks but decrease in height and density away from the equator. They occur in clumps or as scattered individuals.
The trees are deciduous, shedding their leaves in the cool, dry season to prevent excessive loss of water through transpiration, e.g. acacias. Others have broad trunks, with water-storing devices to survive through the prolonged drought such as baobabs and bottle trees. Trees are mostly hard, gnarled and thorny and may exude gum like gum arable. Many trees are umbrella shaped, exposing only a narrow edge to the strong winds.
Palms which cannot withstand the drought are confined to the wettest areas or along rivers. Vegetative luxuriance reaches its peak in the rainy season, when trees renew their foliage and flower. In true savanna lands, the grass is tall and coarse, growing 6 to 12 feet high. The elephant grass may attain a height of even 15 feet! The grass tends to grow in compact tufts and has long roots which reach down in search of water. It appears greenish and well- nourished in the rainy season but turns yellow and dies down in the dry season that follows. The grass lies dormant throughout the long, rainless period and springs up again in the next rainy season.
In between the tall grass are scattered short trees and low bushes. As the rainfall diminishes towards the deserts the savanna merges into thorny scrub. In Australia, this scrubland is particularly well represented by a number of species: mallee, mulga, spinifex grass and other bushes.
The savanna, particularly in Africa, is the home of wild animals. It is known as the ‘big game country’ and thousands of animals are trapped or killed each year by people from all over the world. Some of the animals are tracked down for their skins, horns, tusks, bones or hair, others are captured alive and sent out of Africa as zoo animals, laboratory specimens or pets.
There is such a wealth of animal life in Africa that many of the animal films that we see at the cinema are actually taken in the savanna. There are, in fact, two main groups of animals in the savanna, the grass-eating herbivorous animals and the fleshing-eating carnivorous animals. The herbivorous animals are often very alert and move swiftly from place to place in search of green pastures.
They are endowed with great speed to run away from the savage flesh-eaters that are always after them. The leaf and grass-eating animals include the zebra, antelope, giraffe, deer, gazelle, elephant and okapi.
Many are well camouflaged species and their presence amongst the tall greenish-brown grass cannot be easily detected. The giraffe with such a long neck can locate its enemies a great distance away, while the elephant is so huge and strong that few animals will venture to come near it. It is well equipped with tusks and trunk for defence.
The carnivorous animals like the lion, tiger, leopard, hyena, panther, jaguar, jackal, lynx and puina have powerful jaws and teeth for attacking other animals. Their natural colorings of light yellowish-brown, often with stripes like the tiger or spots like the leopard, match perfectly with the tawny background of the savanna. They often hide themselves in shady spots up in the branches or amidst the tall bushes, and many wild animals, as well as hunters themselves, are caught unawares in this manner.Select the most appropriate meaning of the underlined word as it is used in the text.

Palms which cannot withstand the drought are confined to the wettest areas or along rivers.


Options

A

Suffer

Suffer

B

Convert

Convert

C

Endure

Endure

D

Undergo

Undergo


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

Endure

Endure


withstand;

to be strong enough not to break, give up, be damaged, etc.

so the correct synonym or meaning of the given word is option C endure

Question 38

Read the passage and answer the questions given after it.
The savanna landscape is typified by tall grass and short trees. It is rather misleading to call the savanna ‘tropical grassland’, because trees are always present with the luxuriant tall grass. The terms ‘parkland’ or ‘bush-veld’ perhaps describe the landscape better.
Trees grow best towards the equatorial humid latitudes or along river banks but decrease in height and density away from the equator. They occur in clumps or as scattered individuals.
The trees are deciduous, shedding their leaves in the cool, dry season to prevent excessive loss of water through transpiration, e.g. acacias. Others have broad trunks, with water-storing devices to survive through the prolonged drought such as baobabs and bottle trees. Trees are mostly hard, gnarled and thorny and may exude gum like gum arable. Many trees are umbrella shaped, exposing only a narrow edge to the strong winds.
Palms which cannot withstand the drought are confined to the wettest areas or along rivers. Vegetative luxuriance reaches its peak in the rainy season, when trees renew their foliage and flower. In true savanna lands, the grass is tall and coarse, growing 6 to 12 feet high. The elephant grass may attain a height of even 15 feet! The grass tends to grow in compact tufts and has long roots which reach down in search of water. It appears greenish and well- nourished in the rainy season but turns yellow and dies down in the dry season that follows. The grass lies dormant throughout the long, rainless period and springs up again in the next rainy season.
In between the tall grass are scattered short trees and low bushes. As the rainfall diminishes towards the deserts the savanna merges into thorny scrub. In Australia, this scrubland is particularly well represented by a number of species: mallee, mulga, spinifex grass and other bushes.
The savanna, particularly in Africa, is the home of wild animals. It is known as the ‘big game country’ and thousands of animals are trapped or killed each year by people from all over the world. Some of the animals are tracked down for their skins, horns, tusks, bones or hair, others are captured alive and sent out of Africa as zoo animals, laboratory specimens or pets.
There is such a wealth of animal life in Africa that many of the animal films that we see at the cinema are actually taken in the savanna. There are, in fact, two main groups of animals in the savanna, the grass-eating herbivorous animals and the fleshing-eating carnivorous animals. The herbivorous animals are often very alert and move swiftly from place to place in search of green pastures.
They are endowed with great speed to run away from the savage flesh-eaters that are always after them. The leaf and grass-eating animals include the zebra, antelope, giraffe, deer, gazelle, elephant and okapi.
Many are well camouflaged species and their presence amongst the tall greenish-brown grass cannot be easily detected. The giraffe with such a long neck can locate its enemies a great distance away, while the elephant is so huge and strong that few animals will venture to come near it. It is well equipped with tusks and trunk for defence.
The carnivorous animals like the lion, tiger, leopard, hyena, panther, jaguar, jackal, lynx and puina have powerful jaws and teeth for attacking other animals. Their natural colorings of light yellowish-brown, often with stripes like the tiger or spots like the leopard, match perfectly with the tawny background of the savanna. They often hide themselves in shady spots up in the branches or amidst the tall bushes, and many wild animals, as well as hunters themselves, are caught unawares in this manner.Which of the following trees has water storing capacity in its broad trunk?

Read the passage and answer the questions given after it.
The savanna landscape is typified by tall grass and short trees. It is rather misleading to call the savanna ‘tropical grassland’, because trees are always present with the luxuriant tall grass. The terms ‘parkland’ or ‘bush-veld’ perhaps describe the landscape better.
Trees grow best towards the equatorial humid latitudes or along river banks but decrease in height and density away from the equator. They occur in clumps or as scattered individuals.
The trees are deciduous, shedding their leaves in the cool, dry season to prevent excessive loss of water through transpiration, e.g. acacias. Others have broad trunks, with water-storing devices to survive through the prolonged drought such as baobabs and bottle trees. Trees are mostly hard, gnarled and thorny and may exude gum like gum arable. Many trees are umbrella shaped, exposing only a narrow edge to the strong winds.
Palms which cannot withstand the drought are confined to the wettest areas or along rivers. Vegetative luxuriance reaches its peak in the rainy season, when trees renew their foliage and flower. In true savanna lands, the grass is tall and coarse, growing 6 to 12 feet high. The elephant grass may attain a height of even 15 feet! The grass tends to grow in compact tufts and has long roots which reach down in search of water. It appears greenish and well- nourished in the rainy season but turns yellow and dies down in the dry season that follows. The grass lies dormant throughout the long, rainless period and springs up again in the next rainy season.
In between the tall grass are scattered short trees and low bushes. As the rainfall diminishes towards the deserts the savanna merges into thorny scrub. In Australia, this scrubland is particularly well represented by a number of species: mallee, mulga, spinifex grass and other bushes.
The savanna, particularly in Africa, is the home of wild animals. It is known as the ‘big game country’ and thousands of animals are trapped or killed each year by people from all over the world. Some of the animals are tracked down for their skins, horns, tusks, bones or hair, others are captured alive and sent out of Africa as zoo animals, laboratory specimens or pets.
There is such a wealth of animal life in Africa that many of the animal films that we see at the cinema are actually taken in the savanna. There are, in fact, two main groups of animals in the savanna, the grass-eating herbivorous animals and the fleshing-eating carnivorous animals. The herbivorous animals are often very alert and move swiftly from place to place in search of green pastures.
They are endowed with great speed to run away from the savage flesh-eaters that are always after them. The leaf and grass-eating animals include the zebra, antelope, giraffe, deer, gazelle, elephant and okapi.
Many are well camouflaged species and their presence amongst the tall greenish-brown grass cannot be easily detected. The giraffe with such a long neck can locate its enemies a great distance away, while the elephant is so huge and strong that few animals will venture to come near it. It is well equipped with tusks and trunk for defence.
The carnivorous animals like the lion, tiger, leopard, hyena, panther, jaguar, jackal, lynx and puina have powerful jaws and teeth for attacking other animals. Their natural colorings of light yellowish-brown, often with stripes like the tiger or spots like the leopard, match perfectly with the tawny background of the savanna. They often hide themselves in shady spots up in the branches or amidst the tall bushes, and many wild animals, as well as hunters themselves, are caught unawares in this manner.Which of the following trees has water storing capacity in its broad trunk?


Options

A

Gum arable

Gum arable

B

Baobab

Baobab

C

Palm

Palm

D

Acacia

Acacia


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

Baobab

Baobab


option B is correct according to the below part of the sentence

. Others have broad trunks, with water-storing devices to survive through the prolonged drought such as baobabs and bottle trees

Question 39

Read the passage and answer the questions given after it.
The savanna landscape is typified by tall grass and short trees. It is rather misleading to call the savanna ‘tropical grassland’, because trees are always present with the luxuriant tall grass. The terms ‘parkland’ or ‘bush-veld’ perhaps describe the landscape better.
Trees grow best towards the equatorial humid latitudes or along river banks but decrease in height and density away from the equator. They occur in clumps or as scattered individuals.
The trees are deciduous, shedding their leaves in the cool, dry season to prevent excessive loss of water through transpiration, e.g. acacias. Others have broad trunks, with water-storing devices to survive through the prolonged drought such as baobabs and bottle trees. Trees are mostly hard, gnarled and thorny and may exude gum like gum arable. Many trees are umbrella shaped, exposing only a narrow edge to the strong winds.
Palms which cannot withstand the drought are confined to the wettest areas or along rivers. Vegetative luxuriance reaches its peak in the rainy season, when trees renew their foliage and flower. In true savanna lands, the grass is tall and coarse, growing 6 to 12 feet high. The elephant grass may attain a height of even 15 feet! The grass tends to grow in compact tufts and has long roots which reach down in search of water. It appears greenish and well- nourished in the rainy season but turns yellow and dies down in the dry season that follows. The grass lies dormant throughout the long, rainless period and springs up again in the next rainy season.
In between the tall grass are scattered short trees and low bushes. As the rainfall diminishes towards the deserts the savanna merges into thorny scrub. In Australia, this scrubland is particularly well represented by a number of species: mallee, mulga, spinifex grass and other bushes.
The savanna, particularly in Africa, is the home of wild animals. It is known as the ‘big game country’ and thousands of animals are trapped or killed each year by people from all over the world. Some of the animals are tracked down for their skins, horns, tusks, bones or hair, others are captured alive and sent out of Africa as zoo animals, laboratory specimens or pets.
There is such a wealth of animal life in Africa that many of the animal films that we see at the cinema are actually taken in the savanna. There are, in fact, two main groups of animals in the savanna, the grass-eating herbivorous animals and the fleshing-eating carnivorous animals. The herbivorous animals are often very alert and move swiftly from place to place in search of green pastures.
They are endowed with great speed to run away from the savage flesh-eaters that are always after them. The leaf and grass-eating animals include the zebra, antelope, giraffe, deer, gazelle, elephant and okapi.
Many are well camouflaged species and their presence amongst the tall greenish-brown grass cannot be easily detected. The giraffe with such a long neck can locate its enemies a great distance away, while the elephant is so huge and strong that few animals will venture to come near it. It is well equipped with tusks and trunk for defence.
The carnivorous animals like the lion, tiger, leopard, hyena, panther, jaguar, jackal, lynx and puina have powerful jaws and teeth for attacking other animals. Their natural colorings of light yellowish-brown, often with stripes like the tiger or spots like the leopard, match perfectly with the tawny background of the savanna. They often hide themselves in shady spots up in the branches or amidst the tall bushes, and many wild animals, as well as hunters themselves, are caught unawares in this manner.What kind of a passage is it?

Read the passage and answer the questions given after it.
The savanna landscape is typified by tall grass and short trees. It is rather misleading to call the savanna ‘tropical grassland’, because trees are always present with the luxuriant tall grass. The terms ‘parkland’ or ‘bush-veld’ perhaps describe the landscape better.
Trees grow best towards the equatorial humid latitudes or along river banks but decrease in height and density away from the equator. They occur in clumps or as scattered individuals.
The trees are deciduous, shedding their leaves in the cool, dry season to prevent excessive loss of water through transpiration, e.g. acacias. Others have broad trunks, with water-storing devices to survive through the prolonged drought such as baobabs and bottle trees. Trees are mostly hard, gnarled and thorny and may exude gum like gum arable. Many trees are umbrella shaped, exposing only a narrow edge to the strong winds.
Palms which cannot withstand the drought are confined to the wettest areas or along rivers. Vegetative luxuriance reaches its peak in the rainy season, when trees renew their foliage and flower. In true savanna lands, the grass is tall and coarse, growing 6 to 12 feet high. The elephant grass may attain a height of even 15 feet! The grass tends to grow in compact tufts and has long roots which reach down in search of water. It appears greenish and well- nourished in the rainy season but turns yellow and dies down in the dry season that follows. The grass lies dormant throughout the long, rainless period and springs up again in the next rainy season.
In between the tall grass are scattered short trees and low bushes. As the rainfall diminishes towards the deserts the savanna merges into thorny scrub. In Australia, this scrubland is particularly well represented by a number of species: mallee, mulga, spinifex grass and other bushes.
The savanna, particularly in Africa, is the home of wild animals. It is known as the ‘big game country’ and thousands of animals are trapped or killed each year by people from all over the world. Some of the animals are tracked down for their skins, horns, tusks, bones or hair, others are captured alive and sent out of Africa as zoo animals, laboratory specimens or pets.
There is such a wealth of animal life in Africa that many of the animal films that we see at the cinema are actually taken in the savanna. There are, in fact, two main groups of animals in the savanna, the grass-eating herbivorous animals and the fleshing-eating carnivorous animals. The herbivorous animals are often very alert and move swiftly from place to place in search of green pastures.
They are endowed with great speed to run away from the savage flesh-eaters that are always after them. The leaf and grass-eating animals include the zebra, antelope, giraffe, deer, gazelle, elephant and okapi.
Many are well camouflaged species and their presence amongst the tall greenish-brown grass cannot be easily detected. The giraffe with such a long neck can locate its enemies a great distance away, while the elephant is so huge and strong that few animals will venture to come near it. It is well equipped with tusks and trunk for defence.
The carnivorous animals like the lion, tiger, leopard, hyena, panther, jaguar, jackal, lynx and puina have powerful jaws and teeth for attacking other animals. Their natural colorings of light yellowish-brown, often with stripes like the tiger or spots like the leopard, match perfectly with the tawny background of the savanna. They often hide themselves in shady spots up in the branches or amidst the tall bushes, and many wild animals, as well as hunters themselves, are caught unawares in this manner.What kind of a passage is it?


Options

A

Narrative

Narrative

B

Analytical

Analytical

C

Informative

Informative

D

Literary

Literary


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

Informative

Informative


the given passage is informative passage

An informative essay educates your reader on a topic. They can have one of several functions: to define a term, compare and contrast something, analyze data, or provide a how-to. They do not, however, present an opinion or try to persuade your reader. Examples are; animals, a country, a sport or club, cooking

Question 40

Read the passage and answer the questions given after it.
The savanna landscape is typified by tall grass and short trees. It is rather misleading to call the savanna ‘tropical grassland’, because trees are always present with the luxuriant tall grass. The terms ‘parkland’ or ‘bush-veld’ perhaps describe the landscape better.
Trees grow best towards the equatorial humid latitudes or along river banks but decrease in height and density away from the equator. They occur in clumps or as scattered individuals.
The trees are deciduous, shedding their leaves in the cool, dry season to prevent excessive loss of water through transpiration, e.g. acacias. Others have broad trunks, with water-storing devices to survive through the prolonged drought such as baobabs and bottle trees. Trees are mostly hard, gnarled and thorny and may exude gum like gum arable. Many trees are umbrella shaped, exposing only a narrow edge to the strong winds.
Palms which cannot withstand the drought are confined to the wettest areas or along rivers. Vegetative luxuriance reaches its peak in the rainy season, when trees renew their foliage and flower. In true savanna lands, the grass is tall and coarse, growing 6 to 12 feet high. The elephant grass may attain a height of even 15 feet! The grass tends to grow in compact tufts and has long roots which reach down in search of water. It appears greenish and well- nourished in the rainy season but turns yellow and dies down in the dry season that follows. The grass lies dormant throughout the long, rainless period and springs up again in the next rainy season.
In between the tall grass are scattered short trees and low bushes. As the rainfall diminishes towards the deserts the savanna merges into thorny scrub. In Australia, this scrubland is particularly well represented by a number of species: mallee, mulga, spinifex grass and other bushes.
The savanna, particularly in Africa, is the home of wild animals. It is known as the ‘big game country’ and thousands of animals are trapped or killed each year by people from all over the world. Some of the animals are tracked down for their skins, horns, tusks, bones or hair, others are captured alive and sent out of Africa as zoo animals, laboratory specimens or pets.
There is such a wealth of animal life in Africa that many of the animal films that we see at the cinema are actually taken in the savanna. There are, in fact, two main groups of animals in the savanna, the grass-eating herbivorous animals and the fleshing-eating carnivorous animals. The herbivorous animals are often very alert and move swiftly from place to place in search of green pastures.
They are endowed with great speed to run away from the savage flesh-eaters that are always after them. The leaf and grass-eating animals include the zebra, antelope, giraffe, deer, gazelle, elephant and okapi.
Many are well camouflaged species and their presence amongst the tall greenish-brown grass cannot be easily detected. The giraffe with such a long neck can locate its enemies a great distance away, while the elephant is so huge and strong that few animals will venture to come near it. It is well equipped with tusks and trunk for defence.
The carnivorous animals like the lion, tiger, leopard, hyena, panther, jaguar, jackal, lynx and puina have powerful jaws and teeth for attacking other animals. Their natural colorings of light yellowish-brown, often with stripes like the tiger or spots like the leopard, match perfectly with the tawny background of the savanna. They often hide themselves in shady spots up in the branches or amidst the tall bushes, and many wild animals, as well as hunters themselves, are caught unawares in this manner.What helps an elephant fight its enemies?

Read the passage and answer the questions given after it.
The savanna landscape is typified by tall grass and short trees. It is rather misleading to call the savanna ‘tropical grassland’, because trees are always present with the luxuriant tall grass. The terms ‘parkland’ or ‘bush-veld’ perhaps describe the landscape better.
Trees grow best towards the equatorial humid latitudes or along river banks but decrease in height and density away from the equator. They occur in clumps or as scattered individuals.
The trees are deciduous, shedding their leaves in the cool, dry season to prevent excessive loss of water through transpiration, e.g. acacias. Others have broad trunks, with water-storing devices to survive through the prolonged drought such as baobabs and bottle trees. Trees are mostly hard, gnarled and thorny and may exude gum like gum arable. Many trees are umbrella shaped, exposing only a narrow edge to the strong winds.
Palms which cannot withstand the drought are confined to the wettest areas or along rivers. Vegetative luxuriance reaches its peak in the rainy season, when trees renew their foliage and flower. In true savanna lands, the grass is tall and coarse, growing 6 to 12 feet high. The elephant grass may attain a height of even 15 feet! The grass tends to grow in compact tufts and has long roots which reach down in search of water. It appears greenish and well- nourished in the rainy season but turns yellow and dies down in the dry season that follows. The grass lies dormant throughout the long, rainless period and springs up again in the next rainy season.
In between the tall grass are scattered short trees and low bushes. As the rainfall diminishes towards the deserts the savanna merges into thorny scrub. In Australia, this scrubland is particularly well represented by a number of species: mallee, mulga, spinifex grass and other bushes.
The savanna, particularly in Africa, is the home of wild animals. It is known as the ‘big game country’ and thousands of animals are trapped or killed each year by people from all over the world. Some of the animals are tracked down for their skins, horns, tusks, bones or hair, others are captured alive and sent out of Africa as zoo animals, laboratory specimens or pets.
There is such a wealth of animal life in Africa that many of the animal films that we see at the cinema are actually taken in the savanna. There are, in fact, two main groups of animals in the savanna, the grass-eating herbivorous animals and the fleshing-eating carnivorous animals. The herbivorous animals are often very alert and move swiftly from place to place in search of green pastures.
They are endowed with great speed to run away from the savage flesh-eaters that are always after them. The leaf and grass-eating animals include the zebra, antelope, giraffe, deer, gazelle, elephant and okapi.
Many are well camouflaged species and their presence amongst the tall greenish-brown grass cannot be easily detected. The giraffe with such a long neck can locate its enemies a great distance away, while the elephant is so huge and strong that few animals will venture to come near it. It is well equipped with tusks and trunk for defence.
The carnivorous animals like the lion, tiger, leopard, hyena, panther, jaguar, jackal, lynx and puina have powerful jaws and teeth for attacking other animals. Their natural colorings of light yellowish-brown, often with stripes like the tiger or spots like the leopard, match perfectly with the tawny background of the savanna. They often hide themselves in shady spots up in the branches or amidst the tall bushes, and many wild animals, as well as hunters themselves, are caught unawares in this manner.What helps an elephant fight its enemies?


Options

A

its neck and tail

its neck and tail

B

its tusks and trunk

its tusks and trunk

C

its size and strength

its size and strength

D

its legs and ears

its legs and ears


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

its tusks and trunk

its tusks and trunk


while the elephant is so huge and strong that few animals will venture to come near it. It is well equipped with tusks and trunk for defence

 

thus option b is the right answer here

Question 41

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
Over the past year, Dr Hemmings has been conducting research on the big cat phenomenon and has already 1.________the remains of some wild animals that may have been eaten by 2._______ far larger than any of the country’s known carnivores. The project has 3._________an analysis of twenty skeletal animal remains 4.________ from across Gloucestershire and other nearby counties. The bones were selected because the 5.___________of their death led people to believe that these animals may have been killed by a big cat.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.1

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
Over the past year, Dr Hemmings has been conducting research on the big cat phenomenon and has already 1.________the remains of some wild animals that may have been eaten by 2._______ far larger than any of the country’s known carnivores. The project has 3._________an analysis of twenty skeletal animal remains 4.________ from across Gloucestershire and other nearby counties. The bones were selected because the 5.___________of their death led people to believe that these animals may have been killed by a big cat.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.1


Options

A

invented

invented

B

settled

settled

C

decided

decided

D

identified

identified


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

identified

identified


ooption D identified is the right answer here, which means to recognize or be able to say who or what somebody/something is.

other options

invented- to think or make something for the first time.

settle- to put an end to an arguement or disagreement.

decide- to think about two or more possibilities and choose one of them

Question 42

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
Over the past year, Dr Hemmings has been conducting research on the big cat phenomenon and has already 1.________the remains of some wild animals that may have been eaten by 2._______ far larger than any of the country’s known carnivores. The project has 3._________an analysis of twenty skeletal animal remains 4.________ from across Gloucestershire and other nearby counties. The bones were selected because the 5.___________of their death led people to believe that these animals may have been killed by a big cat.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.2

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
Over the past year, Dr Hemmings has been conducting research on the big cat phenomenon and has already 1.________the remains of some wild animals that may have been eaten by 2._______ far larger than any of the country’s known carnivores. The project has 3._________an analysis of twenty skeletal animal remains 4.________ from across Gloucestershire and other nearby counties. The bones were selected because the 5.___________of their death led people to believe that these animals may have been killed by a big cat.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.2


Options

A

creatures

creatures

B

individuals

individuals

C

mortals

mortals

D

people

people


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

creatures

creatures


option A creatures is the right answer

which means. 

a living thing such as an animal, a bird, a fish or an insect, but not a plant.

other three options are incorrect here contexually.

Question 43

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
Over the past year, Dr Hemmings has been conducting research on the big cat phenomenon and has already 1.________the remains of some wild animals that may have been eaten by 2._______ far larger than any of the country’s known carnivores. The project has 3._________an analysis of twenty skeletal animal remains 4.________ from across Gloucestershire and other nearby counties. The bones were selected because the 5.___________of their death led people to believe that these animals may have been killed by a big cat.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.3

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
Over the past year, Dr Hemmings has been conducting research on the big cat phenomenon and has already 1.________the remains of some wild animals that may have been eaten by 2._______ far larger than any of the country’s known carnivores. The project has 3._________an analysis of twenty skeletal animal remains 4.________ from across Gloucestershire and other nearby counties. The bones were selected because the 5.___________of their death led people to believe that these animals may have been killed by a big cat.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.3


Options

A

related

related

B

connected

connected

C

involved

involved

D

concerned

concerned


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

involved

involved


option C involved is the right answer; which means closely connceted with something; taking an active part in something.

other options

related-of the same family/connected with somebody/something

connected- to be joined to something; to join something to something else

concerned worried and feeling concern about something

Question 44

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
Over the past year, Dr Hemmings has been conducting research on the big cat phenomenon and has already 1.________the remains of some wild animals that may have been eaten by 2._______ far larger than any of the country’s known carnivores. The project has 3._________an analysis of twenty skeletal animal remains 4.________ from across Gloucestershire and other nearby counties. The bones were selected because the 5.___________of their death led people to believe that these animals may have been killed by a big cat.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.4

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
Over the past year, Dr Hemmings has been conducting research on the big cat phenomenon and has already 1.________the remains of some wild animals that may have been eaten by 2._______ far larger than any of the country’s known carnivores. The project has 3._________an analysis of twenty skeletal animal remains 4.________ from across Gloucestershire and other nearby counties. The bones were selected because the 5.___________of their death led people to believe that these animals may have been killed by a big cat.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.4


Options

A

recovered

recovered

B

redeemed

redeemed

C

revoked

revoked

D

reclaimed

reclaimed


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

recovered

recovered


option A recovered is the right answer contexually which means; to find or get back something that was lost or stolen.

other options

redeem- to prevent somethibng from being completly bad

revoke- to officially cancel something so that it is no longer valid

 

 

Question 45

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
Over the past year, Dr Hemmings has been conducting research on the big cat phenomenon and has already 1.________the remains of some wild animals that may have been eaten by 2._______ far larger than any of the country’s known carnivores. The project has 3._________an analysis of twenty skeletal animal remains 4.________ from across Gloucestershire and other nearby counties. The bones were selected because the 5.___________of their death led people to believe that these animals may have been killed by a big cat.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.5

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
Over the past year, Dr Hemmings has been conducting research on the big cat phenomenon and has already 1.________the remains of some wild animals that may have been eaten by 2._______ far larger than any of the country’s known carnivores. The project has 3._________an analysis of twenty skeletal animal remains 4.________ from across Gloucestershire and other nearby counties. The bones were selected because the 5.___________of their death led people to believe that these animals may have been killed by a big cat.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.5


Options

A

potential

potential

B

opportunities

opportunities

C

circumstances

circumstances

D

affairs

affairs


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

circumstances

circumstances


option C circumstances is the right answer.

circumstances-

noun

plural noun: circumstances​​​​​​​

the facts and events that affect what happens in a particular situation

किसी निश्चित स्थिति में घटित होनेवाली घटनाओं को प्रभावित करनेवाले तथ्य एवं घटनाएँ, परिस्थितियाँ; हालात

Police said there were no suspicious circumstances surrounding the boy’s death.

Question 46

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
In August every year, thousands of twins descend on a town in Ohio called Twinsburg, named by identical twin brothers 1.________two centuries ago. The Twins Days Festival is a three-day 2.________consisting of talent shows and look-alike 3.___________that has become one of the world’s 4._____________ gatherings of twins. There have been 5.___________ festivals in Nigeria, a country where 1 in 22 births to the Yoruba people 6.__________twins, identical or fraternal, which is a much higher 7.__________than anywhere else in the world. This has been 8.___________to the eating of yams, but the theory is 9._____________. Biomedical researchers attend these events, regarding them as a 10._______________ opportunity to conduct surveys and experiments.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.1

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
In August every year, thousands of twins descend on a town in Ohio called Twinsburg, named by identical twin brothers 1.________two centuries ago. The Twins Days Festival is a three-day 2.________consisting of talent shows and look-alike 3.___________that has become one of the world’s 4._____________ gatherings of twins. There have been 5.___________ festivals in Nigeria, a country where 1 in 22 births to the Yoruba people 6.__________twins, identical or fraternal, which is a much higher 7.__________than anywhere else in the world. This has been 8.___________to the eating of yams, but the theory is 9._____________. Biomedical researchers attend these events, regarding them as a 10._______________ opportunity to conduct surveys and experiments.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.1


Options

A

nearly

nearly

B

fairly

fairly

C

quite

quite

D

usually

usually


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

nearly

nearly


let's try to understand the differences between the given options

nearly- almost; not completely or exactly

fairly-quite not very

quite- not very; to a certain degree

usually- in the way that is usual.

Question 47

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
In August every year, thousands of twins descend on a town in Ohio called Twinsburg, named by identical twin brothers 1.________two centuries ago. The Twins Days Festival is a three-day 2.________consisting of talent shows and look-alike 3.___________that has become one of the world’s 4._____________ gatherings of twins. There have been 5.___________ festivals in Nigeria, a country where 1 in 22 births to the Yoruba people 6.__________twins, identical or fraternal, which is a much higher 7.__________than anywhere else in the world. This has been 8.___________to the eating of yams, but the theory is 9._____________. Biomedical researchers attend these events, regarding them as a 10._______________ opportunity to conduct surveys and experiments.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.2

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
In August every year, thousands of twins descend on a town in Ohio called Twinsburg, named by identical twin brothers 1.________two centuries ago. The Twins Days Festival is a three-day 2.________consisting of talent shows and look-alike 3.___________that has become one of the world’s 4._____________ gatherings of twins. There have been 5.___________ festivals in Nigeria, a country where 1 in 22 births to the Yoruba people 6.__________twins, identical or fraternal, which is a much higher 7.__________than anywhere else in the world. This has been 8.___________to the eating of yams, but the theory is 9._____________. Biomedical researchers attend these events, regarding them as a 10._______________ opportunity to conduct surveys and experiments.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.2


Options

A

act

act

B

matter

matter

C

event

event

D

process

process


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

event

event


option C event is the right pick here 

a three day event is the correct usage; which means something that happens; especialy something important which is a planned public or social occasion

other three options are wrong here

Question 48

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
In August every year, thousands of twins descend on a town in Ohio called Twinsburg, named by identical twin brothers 1.________two centuries ago. The Twins Days Festival is a three-day 2.________consisting of talent shows and look-alike 3.___________that has become one of the world’s 4._____________ gatherings of twins. There have been 5.___________ festivals in Nigeria, a country where 1 in 22 births to the Yoruba people 6.__________twins, identical or fraternal, which is a much higher 7.__________than anywhere else in the world. This has been 8.___________to the eating of yams, but the theory is 9._____________. Biomedical researchers attend these events, regarding them as a 10._______________ opportunity to conduct surveys and experiments.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.3

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
In August every year, thousands of twins descend on a town in Ohio called Twinsburg, named by identical twin brothers 1.________two centuries ago. The Twins Days Festival is a three-day 2.________consisting of talent shows and look-alike 3.___________that has become one of the world’s 4._____________ gatherings of twins. There have been 5.___________ festivals in Nigeria, a country where 1 in 22 births to the Yoruba people 6.__________twins, identical or fraternal, which is a much higher 7.__________than anywhere else in the world. This has been 8.___________to the eating of yams, but the theory is 9._____________. Biomedical researchers attend these events, regarding them as a 10._______________ opportunity to conduct surveys and experiments.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.3


Options

A

contests

contests

B

episodes

episodes

C

incidents

incidents

D

functions

functions


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

contests

contests


contest-a competition to find out who is the best, strongest, most beautiful etc.

eg; I've decided to enter that writing contest.

so option A is right here according to the context

Question 49

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
In August every year, thousands of twins descend on a town in Ohio called Twinsburg, named by identical twin brothers 1.________two centuries ago. The Twins Days Festival is a three-day 2.________consisting of talent shows and look-alike 3.___________that has become one of the world’s 4._____________ gatherings of twins. There have been 5.___________ festivals in Nigeria, a country where 1 in 22 births to the Yoruba people 6.__________twins, identical or fraternal, which is a much higher 7.__________than anywhere else in the world. This has been 8.___________to the eating of yams, but the theory is 9._____________. Biomedical researchers attend these events, regarding them as a 10._______________ opportunity to conduct surveys and experiments.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.4

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
In August every year, thousands of twins descend on a town in Ohio called Twinsburg, named by identical twin brothers 1.________two centuries ago. The Twins Days Festival is a three-day 2.________consisting of talent shows and look-alike 3.___________that has become one of the world’s 4._____________ gatherings of twins. There have been 5.___________ festivals in Nigeria, a country where 1 in 22 births to the Yoruba people 6.__________twins, identical or fraternal, which is a much higher 7.__________than anywhere else in the world. This has been 8.___________to the eating of yams, but the theory is 9._____________. Biomedical researchers attend these events, regarding them as a 10._______________ opportunity to conduct surveys and experiments.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.4


Options

A

largest

largest

B

smallest

smallest

C

tallest

tallest

D

heaviest

heaviest


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

largest

largest


option A largest is the right answer here; let's try to understand how

by the context we get to know that we are talking about a large and magnanimous function here so option C smallest is already eliminated.

now tallest is used to describe the length and heaviest to describe the weight of something so we can say that these two are also irrlevant 

now largest is the right answer

Question 50

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
In August every year, thousands of twins descend on a town in Ohio called Twinsburg, named by identical twin brothers 1.________two centuries ago. The Twins Days Festival is a three-day 2.________consisting of talent shows and look-alike 3.___________that has become one of the world’s 4._____________ gatherings of twins. There have been 5.___________ festivals in Nigeria, a country where 1 in 22 births to the Yoruba people 6.__________twins, identical or fraternal, which is a much higher 7.__________than anywhere else in the world. This has been 8.___________to the eating of yams, but the theory is 9._____________. Biomedical researchers attend these events, regarding them as a 10._______________ opportunity to conduct surveys and experiments.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.5

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
In August every year, thousands of twins descend on a town in Ohio called Twinsburg, named by identical twin brothers 1.________two centuries ago. The Twins Days Festival is a three-day 2.________consisting of talent shows and look-alike 3.___________that has become one of the world’s 4._____________ gatherings of twins. There have been 5.___________ festivals in Nigeria, a country where 1 in 22 births to the Yoruba people 6.__________twins, identical or fraternal, which is a much higher 7.__________than anywhere else in the world. This has been 8.___________to the eating of yams, but the theory is 9._____________. Biomedical researchers attend these events, regarding them as a 10._______________ opportunity to conduct surveys and experiments.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.5


Options

A

similar

similar

B

mutual

mutual

C

common

common

D

alike

alike


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

similar

similar


option A similar is the right answer here,

option B and C are already eliminated from the context given they are irrelevant

now option A similar and D alike means the same the only difference is in their usage

we can not use alike before a noun it is used after a verb and not before a noun eg; great minds think alike.

similar can be used before a noun as well, so before gathering we will use similar.

Question 51

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
In August every year, thousands of twins descend on a town in Ohio called Twinsburg, named by identical twin brothers 1.________two centuries ago. The Twins Days Festival is a three-day 2.________consisting of talent shows and look-alike 3.___________that has become one of the world’s 4._____________ gatherings of twins. There have been 5.___________ festivals in Nigeria, a country where 1 in 22 births to the Yoruba people 6.__________twins, identical or fraternal, which is a much higher 7.__________than anywhere else in the world. This has been 8.___________to the eating of yams, but the theory is 9._____________. Biomedical researchers attend these events, regarding them as a 10._______________ opportunity to conduct surveys and experiments.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.6

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
In August every year, thousands of twins descend on a town in Ohio called Twinsburg, named by identical twin brothers 1.________two centuries ago. The Twins Days Festival is a three-day 2.________consisting of talent shows and look-alike 3.___________that has become one of the world’s 4._____________ gatherings of twins. There have been 5.___________ festivals in Nigeria, a country where 1 in 22 births to the Yoruba people 6.__________twins, identical or fraternal, which is a much higher 7.__________than anywhere else in the world. This has been 8.___________to the eating of yams, but the theory is 9._____________. Biomedical researchers attend these events, regarding them as a 10._______________ opportunity to conduct surveys and experiments.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.6


Options

A

provides

provides

B

presents

presents

C

produces

produces

D

prepares

prepares


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

produces

produces


option C produce is the right answer here,

produce

verb

1.

to make something to be sold, especially in large quantities

(किसी वस्‍तु का) उत्‍पादन करना (विशेषतः बड़े परिमाण में)

The factory produces 20,000 cars a year.

The factory produces 20,000 cars a year.

Similar:

manufacture

2.

FIGURATIVE

to grow or make something by a natural process

प्राकृतिक प्रक्रिया से कुछ उगाना या उत्‍पन्‍न करना

This region produces most of the country’s wheat.

Question 52

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
In August every year, thousands of twins descend on a town in Ohio called Twinsburg, named by identical twin brothers 1.________two centuries ago. The Twins Days Festival is a three-day 2.________consisting of talent shows and look-alike 3.___________that has become one of the world’s 4._____________ gatherings of twins. There have been 5.___________ festivals in Nigeria, a country where 1 in 22 births to the Yoruba people 6.__________twins, identical or fraternal, which is a much higher 7.__________than anywhere else in the world. This has been 8.___________to the eating of yams, but the theory is 9._____________. Biomedical researchers attend these events, regarding them as a 10._______________ opportunity to conduct surveys and experiments.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.7

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
In August every year, thousands of twins descend on a town in Ohio called Twinsburg, named by identical twin brothers 1.________two centuries ago. The Twins Days Festival is a three-day 2.________consisting of talent shows and look-alike 3.___________that has become one of the world’s 4._____________ gatherings of twins. There have been 5.___________ festivals in Nigeria, a country where 1 in 22 births to the Yoruba people 6.__________twins, identical or fraternal, which is a much higher 7.__________than anywhere else in the world. This has been 8.___________to the eating of yams, but the theory is 9._____________. Biomedical researchers attend these events, regarding them as a 10._______________ opportunity to conduct surveys and experiments.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.7


Options

A

deliverance

deliverance

B

frequency

frequency

C

urgency

urgency

D

incidence

incidence


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

incidence

incidence


option D incidence is the right answer here,which means ; the number of times something happens; 

other options deliverance- the formal or authoritative utterance

frequency- the number of times something happens in a particular period of tiime

urgency- a matter of great importance and should be delt quickly

Question 53

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
In August every year, thousands of twins descend on a town in Ohio called Twinsburg, named by identical twin brothers 1.________two centuries ago. The Twins Days Festival is a three-day 2.________consisting of talent shows and look-alike 3.___________that has become one of the world’s 4._____________ gatherings of twins. There have been 5.___________ festivals in Nigeria, a country where 1 in 22 births to the Yoruba people 6.__________twins, identical or fraternal, which is a much higher 7.__________than anywhere else in the world. This has been 8.___________to the eating of yams, but the theory is 9._____________. Biomedical researchers attend these events, regarding them as a 10._______________ opportunity to conduct surveys and experiments.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.8

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
In August every year, thousands of twins descend on a town in Ohio called Twinsburg, named by identical twin brothers 1.________two centuries ago. The Twins Days Festival is a three-day 2.________consisting of talent shows and look-alike 3.___________that has become one of the world’s 4._____________ gatherings of twins. There have been 5.___________ festivals in Nigeria, a country where 1 in 22 births to the Yoruba people 6.__________twins, identical or fraternal, which is a much higher 7.__________than anywhere else in the world. This has been 8.___________to the eating of yams, but the theory is 9._____________. Biomedical researchers attend these events, regarding them as a 10._______________ opportunity to conduct surveys and experiments.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.8


Options

A

attributed

attributed

B

distributed

distributed

C

indicated

indicated

D

dedicated

dedicated


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

attributed

attributed


let's try to understand the meaning to know what fits here;

attributed- to believe that something was caused pr done by somebody/something

distributed- to give things to a number of people

indicated- to show that something is probably true or exist

dedicted- giving a lot of your energy, time, efforts, etc to something you believe to be important

so out of these four option A attributed is the right answer

 

Question 54

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
In August every year, thousands of twins descend on a town in Ohio called Twinsburg, named by identical twin brothers 1.________two centuries ago. The Twins Days Festival is a three-day 2.________consisting of talent shows and look-alike 3.___________that has become one of the world’s 4._____________ gatherings of twins. There have been 5.___________ festivals in Nigeria, a country where 1 in 22 births to the Yoruba people 6.__________twins, identical or fraternal, which is a much higher 7.__________than anywhere else in the world. This has been 8.___________to the eating of yams, but the theory is 9._____________. Biomedical researchers attend these events, regarding them as a 10._______________ opportunity to conduct surveys and experiments.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.9

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
In August every year, thousands of twins descend on a town in Ohio called Twinsburg, named by identical twin brothers 1.________two centuries ago. The Twins Days Festival is a three-day 2.________consisting of talent shows and look-alike 3.___________that has become one of the world’s 4._____________ gatherings of twins. There have been 5.___________ festivals in Nigeria, a country where 1 in 22 births to the Yoruba people 6.__________twins, identical or fraternal, which is a much higher 7.__________than anywhere else in the world. This has been 8.___________to the eating of yams, but the theory is 9._____________. Biomedical researchers attend these events, regarding them as a 10._______________ opportunity to conduct surveys and experiments.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.9


Options

A

suspected

suspected

B

accepted

accepted

C

disputed

disputed

D

projected

projected


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

disputed

disputed


option C disputed is the right answer

dispute

verb

past tense: disputed; past participle: disputed

to argue about something and to question if it is true or right

The player disputed the referee’s decision.

Question 55

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
In August every year, thousands of twins descend on a town in Ohio called Twinsburg, named by identical twin brothers 1.________two centuries ago. The Twins Days Festival is a three-day 2.________consisting of talent shows and look-alike 3.___________that has become one of the world’s 4._____________ gatherings of twins. There have been 5.___________ festivals in Nigeria, a country where 1 in 22 births to the Yoruba people 6.__________twins, identical or fraternal, which is a much higher 7.__________than anywhere else in the world. This has been 8.___________to the eating of yams, but the theory is 9._____________. Biomedical researchers attend these events, regarding them as a 10._______________ opportunity to conduct surveys and experiments.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.10

In the given passage some words have been deleted. Fill in the blanks with the help of the alternatives given. Select the most appropriate option for each number.
In August every year, thousands of twins descend on a town in Ohio called Twinsburg, named by identical twin brothers 1.________two centuries ago. The Twins Days Festival is a three-day 2.________consisting of talent shows and look-alike 3.___________that has become one of the world’s 4._____________ gatherings of twins. There have been 5.___________ festivals in Nigeria, a country where 1 in 22 births to the Yoruba people 6.__________twins, identical or fraternal, which is a much higher 7.__________than anywhere else in the world. This has been 8.___________to the eating of yams, but the theory is 9._____________. Biomedical researchers attend these events, regarding them as a 10._______________ opportunity to conduct surveys and experiments.Select the most appropriate option to fill in blank No.10


Options

A

routine

routine

B

pompous

pompous

C

precious

precious

D

dubious

dubious


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

precious

precious


out of the above given options precious is the right word to fill this blank

precious

adjective

of great value (usually because it is rare or difficult to find)

In overcrowded Mumbai, every small piece of land is precious.

Question 56

Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.
New Delhi -India is set to surpass China as the world's most populous country in 2023, with each counting more than 1.4 billion residents this year, a United Nations report said on Monday, warning that high fertility would challenge economic growth.
The world's population, estimated to reach 8 billion by November 15 this year, could grow to 8.5 billion in 2030, and 10.4 billion in 2100, as the pace of mortality slows, said the report released on World Population Day.
India's population was 1.21 billion in 2011, according to the domestic census, which is conducted once a decade. The government had deferred the 2021 census due to the Covid-19 pandemic.
The world's population was growing at its slowest pace since 1950, having fallen below 1% in 2020, UN estimates showed.
In 2021, the average fertility of the world's population stood at 2.3 births per woman over a lifetime, having fallen from about 5 births in 1950. Global fertility is projected to decline further to 2.1 births per woman by 2050.
Referring to an earlier World Health Organization report -- estimating about 14.9 million deaths relating to the Covid-19 pandemic between January 2020 and December 2021, the UN report said global life expectancy at birth fell to 71 years in 2021 from 72.8 years in 2019, mostly due to the pandemic.
The United Nations said more than half of the projected increase in the global population up to 2050 will be concentrated in eight countries -- Democratic Republic of Congo, Egypt, Ethiopia, India, Nigeria, Pakistan, the Philippines and Tanzania.
Countries of sub-Saharan Africa are expected to contribute more than half of the increase anticipated through 2050.
However, the population of 61 countries is projected to decrease by 1% or more between 2022 and 2050, driven by a fall in fertility.What will be the consequence of high fertility?

Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.
New Delhi -India is set to surpass China as the world's most populous country in 2023, with each counting more than 1.4 billion residents this year, a United Nations report said on Monday, warning that high fertility would challenge economic growth.
The world's population, estimated to reach 8 billion by November 15 this year, could grow to 8.5 billion in 2030, and 10.4 billion in 2100, as the pace of mortality slows, said the report released on World Population Day.
India's population was 1.21 billion in 2011, according to the domestic census, which is conducted once a decade. The government had deferred the 2021 census due to the Covid-19 pandemic.
The world's population was growing at its slowest pace since 1950, having fallen below 1% in 2020, UN estimates showed.
In 2021, the average fertility of the world's population stood at 2.3 births per woman over a lifetime, having fallen from about 5 births in 1950. Global fertility is projected to decline further to 2.1 births per woman by 2050.
Referring to an earlier World Health Organization report -- estimating about 14.9 million deaths relating to the Covid-19 pandemic between January 2020 and December 2021, the UN report said global life expectancy at birth fell to 71 years in 2021 from 72.8 years in 2019, mostly due to the pandemic.
The United Nations said more than half of the projected increase in the global population up to 2050 will be concentrated in eight countries -- Democratic Republic of Congo, Egypt, Ethiopia, India, Nigeria, Pakistan, the Philippines and Tanzania.
Countries of sub-Saharan Africa are expected to contribute more than half of the increase anticipated through 2050.
However, the population of 61 countries is projected to decrease by 1% or more between 2022 and 2050, driven by a fall in fertility.What will be the consequence of high fertility?


Options

A

high economic growth

high economic growth

B

high mortality

high mortality

C

low mortality

low mortality

D

low economic growth

low economic growth


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

low economic growth

low economic growth


option D is the right answer here,

given
​​​​​​​ a United Nations report said on Monday, warning that high fertility would challenge economic growth.

Question 57

Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.
New Delhi -India is set to surpass China as the world's most populous country in 2023, with each counting more than 1.4 billion residents this year, a United Nations report said on Monday, warning that high fertility would challenge economic growth.
The world's population, estimated to reach 8 billion by November 15 this year, could grow to 8.5 billion in 2030, and 10.4 billion in 2100, as the pace of mortality slows, said the report released on World Population Day.
India's population was 1.21 billion in 2011, according to the domestic census, which is conducted once a decade. The government had deferred the 2021 census due to the Covid-19 pandemic.
The world's population was growing at its slowest pace since 1950, having fallen below 1% in 2020, UN estimates showed.
In 2021, the average fertility of the world's population stood at 2.3 births per woman over a lifetime, having fallen from about 5 births in 1950. Global fertility is projected to decline further to 2.1 births per woman by 2050.
Referring to an earlier World Health Organization report -- estimating about 14.9 million deaths relating to the Covid-19 pandemic between January 2020 and December 2021, the UN report said global life expectancy at birth fell to 71 years in 2021 from 72.8 years in 2019, mostly due to the pandemic.
The United Nations said more than half of the projected increase in the global population up to 2050 will be concentrated in eight countries -- Democratic Republic of Congo, Egypt, Ethiopia, India, Nigeria, Pakistan, the Philippines and Tanzania.
Countries of sub-Saharan Africa are expected to contribute more than half of the increase anticipated through 2050.
However, the population of 61 countries is projected to decrease by 1% or more between 2022 and 2050, driven by a fall in fertility.According to the UN report, fertility rate in 1950 stood at how many average births per woman?

Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.
New Delhi -India is set to surpass China as the world's most populous country in 2023, with each counting more than 1.4 billion residents this year, a United Nations report said on Monday, warning that high fertility would challenge economic growth.
The world's population, estimated to reach 8 billion by November 15 this year, could grow to 8.5 billion in 2030, and 10.4 billion in 2100, as the pace of mortality slows, said the report released on World Population Day.
India's population was 1.21 billion in 2011, according to the domestic census, which is conducted once a decade. The government had deferred the 2021 census due to the Covid-19 pandemic.
The world's population was growing at its slowest pace since 1950, having fallen below 1% in 2020, UN estimates showed.
In 2021, the average fertility of the world's population stood at 2.3 births per woman over a lifetime, having fallen from about 5 births in 1950. Global fertility is projected to decline further to 2.1 births per woman by 2050.
Referring to an earlier World Health Organization report -- estimating about 14.9 million deaths relating to the Covid-19 pandemic between January 2020 and December 2021, the UN report said global life expectancy at birth fell to 71 years in 2021 from 72.8 years in 2019, mostly due to the pandemic.
The United Nations said more than half of the projected increase in the global population up to 2050 will be concentrated in eight countries -- Democratic Republic of Congo, Egypt, Ethiopia, India, Nigeria, Pakistan, the Philippines and Tanzania.
Countries of sub-Saharan Africa are expected to contribute more than half of the increase anticipated through 2050.
However, the population of 61 countries is projected to decrease by 1% or more between 2022 and 2050, driven by a fall in fertility.According to the UN report, fertility rate in 1950 stood at how many average births per woman?


Options

A

2.1 births per woman

2.1 births per woman

B

3 births per woman

3 births per woman

C

2.3 births per woman

2.3 births per woman

D

5 births per woman

5 births per woman


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

5 births per woman

5 births per woman


option D is right according to the passage;

the average fertility of the world's population stood at 2.3 births per woman over a lifetime, having fallen from about 5 births in 1950. Global fertility is projected to decline further to 2.1 births per woman by 2050.

Question 58

Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.
New Delhi -India is set to surpass China as the world's most populous country in 2023, with each counting more than 1.4 billion residents this year, a United Nations report said on Monday, warning that high fertility would challenge economic growth.
The world's population, estimated to reach 8 billion by November 15 this year, could grow to 8.5 billion in 2030, and 10.4 billion in 2100, as the pace of mortality slows, said the report released on World Population Day.
India's population was 1.21 billion in 2011, according to the domestic census, which is conducted once a decade. The government had deferred the 2021 census due to the Covid-19 pandemic.
The world's population was growing at its slowest pace since 1950, having fallen below 1% in 2020, UN estimates showed.
In 2021, the average fertility of the world's population stood at 2.3 births per woman over a lifetime, having fallen from about 5 births in 1950. Global fertility is projected to decline further to 2.1 births per woman by 2050.
Referring to an earlier World Health Organization report -- estimating about 14.9 million deaths relating to the Covid-19 pandemic between January 2020 and December 2021, the UN report said global life expectancy at birth fell to 71 years in 2021 from 72.8 years in 2019, mostly due to the pandemic.
The United Nations said more than half of the projected increase in the global population up to 2050 will be concentrated in eight countries -- Democratic Republic of Congo, Egypt, Ethiopia, India, Nigeria, Pakistan, the Philippines and Tanzania.
Countries of sub-Saharan Africa are expected to contribute more than half of the increase anticipated through 2050.
However, the population of 61 countries is projected to decrease by 1% or more between 2022 and 2050, driven by a fall in fertility.After reading the above passage it can be inferred that it is

Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.
New Delhi -India is set to surpass China as the world's most populous country in 2023, with each counting more than 1.4 billion residents this year, a United Nations report said on Monday, warning that high fertility would challenge economic growth.
The world's population, estimated to reach 8 billion by November 15 this year, could grow to 8.5 billion in 2030, and 10.4 billion in 2100, as the pace of mortality slows, said the report released on World Population Day.
India's population was 1.21 billion in 2011, according to the domestic census, which is conducted once a decade. The government had deferred the 2021 census due to the Covid-19 pandemic.
The world's population was growing at its slowest pace since 1950, having fallen below 1% in 2020, UN estimates showed.
In 2021, the average fertility of the world's population stood at 2.3 births per woman over a lifetime, having fallen from about 5 births in 1950. Global fertility is projected to decline further to 2.1 births per woman by 2050.
Referring to an earlier World Health Organization report -- estimating about 14.9 million deaths relating to the Covid-19 pandemic between January 2020 and December 2021, the UN report said global life expectancy at birth fell to 71 years in 2021 from 72.8 years in 2019, mostly due to the pandemic.
The United Nations said more than half of the projected increase in the global population up to 2050 will be concentrated in eight countries -- Democratic Republic of Congo, Egypt, Ethiopia, India, Nigeria, Pakistan, the Philippines and Tanzania.
Countries of sub-Saharan Africa are expected to contribute more than half of the increase anticipated through 2050.
However, the population of 61 countries is projected to decrease by 1% or more between 2022 and 2050, driven by a fall in fertility.After reading the above passage it can be inferred that it is


Options

A

a survey report

a survey report

B

a news item

a news item

C

a research report

a research report

D

a magazine article

a magazine article


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

a news item

a news item


from the above passage we can say that the given passage is a news item 

a newa item is any story that is related to current events or happenings around the world.

Question 59

Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.
New Delhi -India is set to surpass China as the world's most populous country in 2023, with each counting more than 1.4 billion residents this year, a United Nations report said on Monday, warning that high fertility would challenge economic growth.
The world's population, estimated to reach 8 billion by November 15 this year, could grow to 8.5 billion in 2030, and 10.4 billion in 2100, as the pace of mortality slows, said the report released on World Population Day.
India's population was 1.21 billion in 2011, according to the domestic census, which is conducted once a decade. The government had deferred the 2021 census due to the Covid-19 pandemic.
The world's population was growing at its slowest pace since 1950, having fallen below 1% in 2020, UN estimates showed.
In 2021, the average fertility of the world's population stood at 2.3 births per woman over a lifetime, having fallen from about 5 births in 1950. Global fertility is projected to decline further to 2.1 births per woman by 2050.
Referring to an earlier World Health Organization report -- estimating about 14.9 million deaths relating to the Covid-19 pandemic between January 2020 and December 2021, the UN report said global life expectancy at birth fell to 71 years in 2021 from 72.8 years in 2019, mostly due to the pandemic.
The United Nations said more than half of the projected increase in the global population up to 2050 will be concentrated in eight countries -- Democratic Republic of Congo, Egypt, Ethiopia, India, Nigeria, Pakistan, the Philippines and Tanzania.
Countries of sub-Saharan Africa are expected to contribute more than half of the increase anticipated through 2050.
However, the population of 61 countries is projected to decrease by 1% or more between 2022 and 2050, driven by a fall in fertility.The passage presents the findings of a United Nations report which is mainly regarding

Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.
New Delhi -India is set to surpass China as the world's most populous country in 2023, with each counting more than 1.4 billion residents this year, a United Nations report said on Monday, warning that high fertility would challenge economic growth.
The world's population, estimated to reach 8 billion by November 15 this year, could grow to 8.5 billion in 2030, and 10.4 billion in 2100, as the pace of mortality slows, said the report released on World Population Day.
India's population was 1.21 billion in 2011, according to the domestic census, which is conducted once a decade. The government had deferred the 2021 census due to the Covid-19 pandemic.
The world's population was growing at its slowest pace since 1950, having fallen below 1% in 2020, UN estimates showed.
In 2021, the average fertility of the world's population stood at 2.3 births per woman over a lifetime, having fallen from about 5 births in 1950. Global fertility is projected to decline further to 2.1 births per woman by 2050.
Referring to an earlier World Health Organization report -- estimating about 14.9 million deaths relating to the Covid-19 pandemic between January 2020 and December 2021, the UN report said global life expectancy at birth fell to 71 years in 2021 from 72.8 years in 2019, mostly due to the pandemic.
The United Nations said more than half of the projected increase in the global population up to 2050 will be concentrated in eight countries -- Democratic Republic of Congo, Egypt, Ethiopia, India, Nigeria, Pakistan, the Philippines and Tanzania.
Countries of sub-Saharan Africa are expected to contribute more than half of the increase anticipated through 2050.
However, the population of 61 countries is projected to decrease by 1% or more between 2022 and 2050, driven by a fall in fertility.The passage presents the findings of a United Nations report which is mainly regarding


Options

A

the population in African countries

the population in African countries

B

the world population

the world population

C

the population in China

the population in China

D

the population in India

the population in India


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

the world population

the world population


the given passage mainly talks about the world population as a whole.

so option B is the right answer here

Question 60

Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.
New Delhi -India is set to surpass China as the world's most populous country in 2023, with each counting more than 1.4 billion residents this year, a United Nations report said on Monday, warning that high fertility would challenge economic growth.
The world's population, estimated to reach 8 billion by November 15 this year, could grow to 8.5 billion in 2030, and 10.4 billion in 2100, as the pace of mortality slows, said the report released on World Population Day.
India's population was 1.21 billion in 2011, according to the domestic census, which is conducted once a decade. The government had deferred the 2021 census due to the Covid-19 pandemic.
The world's population was growing at its slowest pace since 1950, having fallen below 1% in 2020, UN estimates showed.
In 2021, the average fertility of the world's population stood at 2.3 births per woman over a lifetime, having fallen from about 5 births in 1950. Global fertility is projected to decline further to 2.1 births per woman by 2050.
Referring to an earlier World Health Organization report -- estimating about 14.9 million deaths relating to the Covid-19 pandemic between January 2020 and December 2021, the UN report said global life expectancy at birth fell to 71 years in 2021 from 72.8 years in 2019, mostly due to the pandemic.
The United Nations said more than half of the projected increase in the global population up to 2050 will be concentrated in eight countries -- Democratic Republic of Congo, Egypt, Ethiopia, India, Nigeria, Pakistan, the Philippines and Tanzania.
Countries of sub-Saharan Africa are expected to contribute more than half of the increase anticipated through 2050.
However, the population of 61 countries is projected to decrease by 1% or more between 2022 and 2050, driven by a fall in fertility.Which statement is NOT correct according to the passage?

Read the following passage and answer the questions given after it.
New Delhi -India is set to surpass China as the world's most populous country in 2023, with each counting more than 1.4 billion residents this year, a United Nations report said on Monday, warning that high fertility would challenge economic growth.
The world's population, estimated to reach 8 billion by November 15 this year, could grow to 8.5 billion in 2030, and 10.4 billion in 2100, as the pace of mortality slows, said the report released on World Population Day.
India's population was 1.21 billion in 2011, according to the domestic census, which is conducted once a decade. The government had deferred the 2021 census due to the Covid-19 pandemic.
The world's population was growing at its slowest pace since 1950, having fallen below 1% in 2020, UN estimates showed.
In 2021, the average fertility of the world's population stood at 2.3 births per woman over a lifetime, having fallen from about 5 births in 1950. Global fertility is projected to decline further to 2.1 births per woman by 2050.
Referring to an earlier World Health Organization report -- estimating about 14.9 million deaths relating to the Covid-19 pandemic between January 2020 and December 2021, the UN report said global life expectancy at birth fell to 71 years in 2021 from 72.8 years in 2019, mostly due to the pandemic.
The United Nations said more than half of the projected increase in the global population up to 2050 will be concentrated in eight countries -- Democratic Republic of Congo, Egypt, Ethiopia, India, Nigeria, Pakistan, the Philippines and Tanzania.
Countries of sub-Saharan Africa are expected to contribute more than half of the increase anticipated through 2050.
However, the population of 61 countries is projected to decrease by 1% or more between 2022 and 2050, driven by a fall in fertility.Which statement is NOT correct according to the passage?


Options

A

The population of 61 countries will decrease by 1% or more between 2022 and 2050.

The population of 61 countries will decrease by 1% or more between 2022 and 2050.

B

Since 1950, world population was growing at its a slowest speed.

Since 1950, world population was growing at its a slowest speed.

C

World population is estimated to reach 10.4 billion in 2100.

World population is estimated to reach 10.4 billion in 2100.

D

The countries of Asia will contribute more than half of the increase anticipated through 2050.

The countries of Asia will contribute more than half of the increase anticipated through 2050.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

The countries of Asia will contribute more than half of the increase anticipated through 2050.

The countries of Asia will contribute more than half of the increase anticipated through 2050.


by a thorough reading of the pssage we find that all other options except D are correct here.and are stated in the passage.

so option D is the right answer

Question 61

Select the most appropriate one word to substitute the given group of words.

one who speaks for others

Select the most appropriate one word to substitute the given group of words.

one who speaks for others


Options

A

verbose

verbose

B

spokesperson

spokesperson

C

talkative

talkative

D

orator

orator


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

spokesperson

spokesperson


option B is the right answer for the given set of words here,

other words;

verbose- using or containing more words than needed.

talkative- one who talks a lot

orator- one who tells stories.

Question 62

Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

“Remove all the stains carefully and clean the windows,” said the contractor to the worker.
Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

“Remove all the stains carefully and clean the windows,” said the contractor to the worker.

Options

A

The contractor requested the worker to remove all the stains carefully and clean the windows.

The contractor requested the worker to remove all the stains carefully and clean the windows.

B

The contractor told the worker that by removing all the stains carefully, the windows will be cleaned.

The contractor told the worker that by removing all the stains carefully, the windows will be cleaned.

C

The contractor instructed the worker to remove all the stains carefully and clean the windows.

The contractor instructed the worker to remove all the stains carefully and clean the windows.

D

The contractor said to the worker that you should remove all the stains carefully and clean the windows.

The contractor said to the worker that you should remove all the stains carefully and clean the windows.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

The contractor instructed the worker to remove all the stains carefully and clean the windows.

The contractor instructed the worker to remove all the stains carefully and clean the windows.


Question 63

Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

If I was you, I would not lose temper in this situation.

Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

If I was you, I would not lose temper in this situation.


Options

A

I would not

I would not

B

If I was you

If I was you

C

lose temper

lose temper

D

in this situation

in this situation


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

If I was you

If I was you


option B has the erroneous part in it.

if i was you should be  relplaced with if i were you.

in imaginary sentence we use plural auxilary verbs even with a singular subject.

eg: if he were the prime minister, he would not talk to you

Question 64

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

hold your horses

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

hold your horses


Options

A

not get upset

not get upset

B

fight trouble

fight trouble

C

aim high

aim high

D

slow down

slow down


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

slow down

slow down


idiom hold your horses means to wait for a moment 

​​​​​​​so option D is the right answer

Question 65

Identify the segment in the sentence which contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

The gentleman had a suitcase full with wigs, ornaments and dresses.

Identify the segment in the sentence which contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

The gentleman had a suitcase full with wigs, ornaments and dresses.


Options

A

The gentleman had

The gentleman had

B

wigs, ornaments and dresses.

wigs, ornaments and dresses.

C

No error

No error

D

a suitcase full with

a suitcase full with


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

a suitcase full with

a suitcase full with


option D has the erroneous part in it.

a suitcase full with should be replaced with a suitcase full of 

a suitcase/bag/ full of is the correct usage

Question 66

Given below are four sentences in jumbled order. Pick the option that gives their correct order.
A. The last exam of the year was history, which had always been my worst subject. 
B. So, I decided to write the dates and names of the important events on the inside of my arm. 
C. This happened when I was about 14 years old.
D. I was useless at remembering dates and people’s names

Given below are four sentences in jumbled order. Pick the option that gives their correct order.
A. The last exam of the year was history, which had always been my worst subject. 
B. So, I decided to write the dates and names of the important events on the inside of my arm. 
C. This happened when I was about 14 years old.
D. I was useless at remembering dates and people’s names


Options

A

ACBD

ACBD

B

CBDA

CBDA

C

DBCA

DBCA

D

CADB

CADB


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

CADB

CADB


option D CADB is the correct answer.

C states the time of the story when all this happend and hence should come at first.

A tells about the incidence in brief and about the subject history.

D is further explanation of the subject that it has dates and name of peoples in it.

now B is the final result that what the writer did in that particular situation

Question 67

Identify the segment in the sentence which contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

You should tell these children to complete their projects himself.

Identify the segment in the sentence which contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

You should tell these children to complete their projects himself.


Options

A

these children to complete

these children to complete

B

their projects himself.

their projects himself.

C

You should tell

You should tell

D

No error

No error


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

their projects himself.

their projects himself.


option B has the erroneous part in it,

their projects himself should be replaced with their projects themselves.

pronoun they is given here for which correct reflexive is themselves and not himself

Question 68

Select the misspelt word.

Select the misspelt word.


Options

A

inquiry

inquiry

B

enimity

enimity

C

incite

incite

D

nobility

nobility


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

enimity

enimity


the correct answer is optionB which is spelt incorrectly.

the correct spelling of the word is enmity which means the feling of hatred towards an enemy.

other three ooptions are spelt correctlyl.

Question 69

Identify the segment in the sentence which contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

Every Saturday, your mother prepares a pudding, isn’t she?

Identify the segment in the sentence which contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

Every Saturday, your mother prepares a pudding, isn’t she?


Options

A

No error

No error

B

isn’t she

isn’t she

C

prepares a pudding

prepares a pudding

D

Every Saturday, your mother

Every Saturday, your mother


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

isn’t she

isn’t she


option B has the erroneous part in it.

the question is related to question tag.

the basic rule for which is, the tag should be negative if the given sentence in postive and vice versa.also the tag should be in same sentence as given

the given sentence is in present indefinite so the tag should be doesn't she instead of isn't she.

 

Question 70

Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

The most talented of these three boys are my friend’s son.

Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

The most talented of these three boys are my friend’s son.


Options

A

are my friend’s son

are my friend’s son

B

of these three boys

of these three boys

C

The most talented

The most talented

D

No error

No error


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

are my friend’s son

are my friend’s son


option A has the error in it

are my friend's son should be replaced with is my friend's son

here we are talking about a boy out of three so the given subject is singular hence is the right answer

Question 71

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No Improvement’.

The scientists are busy to explore new ideas.

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No Improvement’.

The scientists are busy to explore new ideas.


Options

A

exploring

exploring

B

No Improvement

No Improvement

C

to be exploring

to be exploring

D

for exploring

for exploring


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

exploring

exploring


option A is the right answer 

busy to explore should be replaced with busy exploring.

​​​​​​​"busy doing" means "busy with the act "to do" itself. On the other hand, "busy to do" is not a collocation,

Question 72

Select the word which means the same as the group of words given.

one who talks to oneself

Select the word which means the same as the group of words given.

one who talks to oneself


Options

A

Ventriloquist

Ventriloquist

B

Colloquist

Colloquist

C

Soliloquist

Soliloquist

D

Somniloquist

Somniloquist


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

Soliloquist

Soliloquist


option C is the right word for the given set of words here,

other options;

ventriloquist- one who makes sound without moving his lips

colloloquist- a formal conversation

somnaloquist- one who talks in sleep

Question 73

Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

A misunderstanding has crept between he and his sister.

Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

A misunderstanding has crept between he and his sister.


Options

A

and his sister

and his sister

B

has crept

has crept

C

between he

between he

D

A misunderstanding

A misunderstanding


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

between he

between he


option C is the right answer.

between he should be replaced with between him

between is a preposition here and after preposition we use objective forms of the words so him should come in place of he

Question 74

Select the most appropriate antonym of the given word.

CONGENIAL

Select the most appropriate antonym of the given word.

CONGENIAL


Options

A

Mean

Mean

B

mild

mild

C

Merciful

Merciful

D

Mellow

Mellow


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

Mean

Mean


congenial means pleasent  and friendly. so the correct antonym for this word is mean which means unkind and very unfriendly.

other options;

mild- something which is not extreme

merciful- one who is kind

mellow- pleasent and soft

 

Question 75

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No Improvement’.

Keep the dog tied indoors; however, it may bite some stranger.

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No Improvement’.

Keep the dog tied indoors; however, it may bite some stranger.


Options

A

else

else

B

yet

yet

C

still

still

D

No Improvement

No Improvement


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

else

else


option A is the right answer here,

we shoul use else in place of however here,

however is used for adding a comment to what you have just said) although something is true

else is used to express the meaning otherwise, eg; go to school else the teacher will scold you again,

 

Question 76

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order forming a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. He never jumped or ran to chase another dog.
B. They looked very peaceful, the old man and his dog.
C. Every day at a few minutes past 5 o'clock they passed by our house and went down the street to the park.
D. The dog walked a few steps ahead of his master, slow and steady as if he were held on a leash.
Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order forming a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. He never jumped or ran to chase another dog.
B. They looked very peaceful, the old man and his dog.
C. Every day at a few minutes past 5 o'clock they passed by our house and went down the street to the park.
D. The dog walked a few steps ahead of his master, slow and steady as if he were held on a leash.

Options

A

ADCB

ADCB

B

BCDA

BCDA

C

BADC

BADC

D

CABD

CABD


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

ADCB

ADCB


Question 77

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

cut a sorry figure

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

cut a sorry figure


Options

A

make a sculpture

make a sculpture

B

render an apology

render an apology

C

break a record

break a record

D

create a poor impression

create a poor impression


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

create a poor impression

create a poor impression


idiom cut a sorry a figure means to make a poor or bad impression

hece option D is the correct answer here,

Question 78

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

fight shy of

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

fight shy of


Options

A

to challenge

to challenge

B

to invite

to invite

C

to avoid

to avoid

D

to perform

to perform


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

to avoid

to avoid


idiom 

fight shy of means

be unwilling to undertake or become involved with.

"MacMillan has never fought shy of controversy"

so avoid is the right answer

Question 79

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No Improvement’.

Many battles was fought on the soil of India.

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No Improvement’.

Many battles was fought on the soil of India.


Options

A

Many battle were

Many battle were

B

Many a battle was

Many a battle was

C

Much battle was

Much battle was

D

No Improvement

No Improvement


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

Many a battle was

Many a battle was


option B is the right answer,

many battle was should be replaced with many battles were

according to subject verb agreement rules, singular subject qualifies singular verb, and vice versa

so we should use plural verb here,

Question 80

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

forty winks

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

forty winks


Options

A

a brief statement

a brief statement

B

a short nap

a short nap

C

a worthless object

a worthless object

D

a hot day

a hot day


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

a short nap

a short nap


option B is the right answer here,

idiom forty winks means

a short sleep, especially during the day

Question 81

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No Improvement’.

I take pride to serve my country.

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No Improvement’.

I take pride to serve my country.


Options

A

to have served

to have served

B

in serving

in serving

C

to be serving

to be serving

D

No Improvement

No Improvement


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

in serving

in serving


option B is the right answer here,

to serve should be replaced with in serving.

take pride in is a fixed phrase

​​​​​​​to take pride in (being part of the team): to feel pleased about, to be proud of (being part of the team) idiom. Icarus takes pride in arriving early to the office

Question 82

Select the most appropriate antonym of the given word.

indolent

Select the most appropriate antonym of the given word.

indolent


Options

A

torpid

torpid

B

languid

languid

C

energetic

energetic

D

listless

listless


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

energetic

energetic


indolent means waiting to avoid activity or exertion, lazy

the correct antonym of this word is option C energetic.

other words;

torpid-not active; lazy

languid- having or showing a disinclination towards physical acttivity

listless- tired and without energy

 

Question 83

Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

Scarcely had he took the medicine when his headache was gone.

Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

Scarcely had he took the medicine when his headache was gone.


Options

A

took the medicine

took the medicine

B

Scarcely had he

Scarcely had he

C

when his headache was gone

when his headache was gone

D

No error

No error


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

took the medicine

took the medicine


option A has the erroneous part in it

took the medicine should be replaced with taken the medicine

after has/hav/had we use third form of the verb 

Question 84

Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

Contented people seldom complaint against their fate.

Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

Contented people seldom complaint against their fate.


Options

A

Contented people

Contented people

B

seldom complaint

seldom complaint

C

their fate

their fate

D

against

against


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

seldom complaint

seldom complaint


option B has the erroneous part here,

seldom complaint should be replaced with  seldom complain

complaint is noun and we need a verb here so complain is the correct answer

Question 85

Select the most appropriate option to improve the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to improve it, select ‘no improvement required’.

Turn left outside the library door and walk down the corridor then you came to the main staircase.

Select the most appropriate option to improve the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to improve it, select ‘no improvement required’.

Turn left outside the library door and walk down the corridor then you came to the main staircase.


Options

A

when you are come to

when you are come to

B

until you will come at

until you will come at

C

until you come to

until you come to

D

no improvement required

no improvement required


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

until you come to

until you come to


option C is the right answer here

then you came to should be replaced wit until you come 

the above sentence is in present tense so we should use present form of the verb come here also until is the correct usage

 

Question 86

Given below are four sentences in jumbled order. Pick the option that gives their correct order.
A. Another advantage is that we can have an opportunity to learn to speak a new language fluently.
B. The main advantage of living somewhere else is that you get the opportunity to experience new cultures.
C. Of course, living away from home has its disadvantage too, such as being away from friends and family for long periods of time.
D. Should we live in one place for all our life or experience living in different places?

Given below are four sentences in jumbled order. Pick the option that gives their correct order.
A. Another advantage is that we can have an opportunity to learn to speak a new language fluently.
B. The main advantage of living somewhere else is that you get the opportunity to experience new cultures.
C. Of course, living away from home has its disadvantage too, such as being away from friends and family for long periods of time.
D. Should we live in one place for all our life or experience living in different places?


Options

A

DBAC

DBAC

B

DCAB

DCAB

C

BCAD

BCAD

D

BDAC

BDAC


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

DBAC

DBAC


option A is the right answer here,

the above sequence is like an debate paragraph, 

it starts with a question stated in D 

then we state the advantages of that(pros) in optionB, the word another advantage makes it liable to come just after B

and finally we have the disadvantages (cons) in C 

Question 87

Given below are four sentences in jumbled order. Pick the option that gives their correct order.
A. New research, however, has found that bilingual children speak their first fifty words and so on, at the same age as children who only speak one language.
B. Until fairly recently, parents and teachers feared that introducing children to a second language when they were very young could delay their language skills.
C. Furthermore, there is no evidence that children confuse the two languages.
D. In addition, there were fears that bilingual children would become confused in their use of language.

Given below are four sentences in jumbled order. Pick the option that gives their correct order.
A. New research, however, has found that bilingual children speak their first fifty words and so on, at the same age as children who only speak one language.
B. Until fairly recently, parents and teachers feared that introducing children to a second language when they were very young could delay their language skills.
C. Furthermore, there is no evidence that children confuse the two languages.
D. In addition, there were fears that bilingual children would become confused in their use of language.


Options

A

ACDB

ACDB

B

ABDC

ABDC

C

BDAC

BDAC

D

BADC

BADC


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

BDAC

BDAC


BDAC is the correct sequence of sentences to make it meaningful,

starting with B it is the introductory part and tells about a already known point,

D told additional theories related to it so should come after B

now A has the new findings which are contrary to before stated and C has furhtermore word in it so it means in addition to it and forms a pair with A and hence AC is a pair

Question 88

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No Improvement’.

Keep him at arm’s length lest you may not repent in the long run.

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No Improvement’.

Keep him at arm’s length lest you may not repent in the long run.


Options

A

lest you should

lest you should

B

No Improvement

No Improvement

C

unless you may

unless you may

D

or you may not

or you may not


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

lest you should

lest you should


option A is the right answer here,

lest you may not should be replaced with  lest you should not

​​​​​​​because lest....should is the correct pair

Question 89

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order forming a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. I had reached the most exciting part of my Agatha Christie novel.
B. He was presently gruelling the Duchess seated in the arm chair.
C. Hercule Poirot had managed to get together all his suspects in one room and in his great style was cornering them into confession.
D. She had become extremely nervous and was on the verge of a breakdown.

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order forming a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. I had reached the most exciting part of my Agatha Christie novel.
B. He was presently gruelling the Duchess seated in the arm chair.
C. Hercule Poirot had managed to get together all his suspects in one room and in his great style was cornering them into confession.
D. She had become extremely nervous and was on the verge of a breakdown.


Options

A

ACBD

ACBD

B

CBAD

CBAD

C

ADBC

ADBC

D

CDAB

CDAB


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

ACBD

ACBD


option A is the right set of sequence here, ACBD

A is the introduction about the novel and hence should come at first place, 

now C is introducing the first scene out there,

again B has an another noun duchess in it and D has the pronoun she in it so these two form a pair together, 

so BD is a pair

finally 
ACBD is the right answer

Question 90

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No Improvement’.

I will have travelled all over Europe last year.

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No Improvement’.

I will have travelled all over Europe last year.


Options

A

travelled

travelled

B

were travelling

were travelling

C

have travelled

have travelled

D

No Improvement

No Improvement


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

travelled

travelled


option A is the right answer here,

will have travelled should be replaced with travelled.

we have the word last year in the sentence which indicates that it is a past indefinite tense

so we should use second form of the verb travel here.

Question 91

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in direct speech.

Your sister will say that she has lost her pen again.
Select the option that expresses the given sentence in direct speech.

Your sister will say that she has lost her pen again.

Options

A

Your sister said, “She has lost my pen again.”

Your sister said, “She has lost my pen again.”

B

Your sister will say, “I lost my pen again.”

Your sister will say, “I lost my pen again.”

C

Your sister will say, “I have lost my pen again.”

Your sister will say, “I have lost my pen again.”

D

Your sister says, “I lost her pen again.”

Your sister says, “I lost her pen again.”


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

Your sister will say, “I have lost my pen again.”

Your sister will say, “I have lost my pen again.”


Question 92

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

lend an ear

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

lend an ear


Options

A

be good for a particular thing

be good for a particular thing

B

pay attention to

pay attention to

C

not tell something to others

not tell something to others

D

not make trouble

not make trouble


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

pay attention to

pay attention to


idiom lend an ear means, 

lend an ear

listen sympathetically or attentively.

"the Samaritans lend their ears to those in crisis"

so option B is the right answer here

Question 93

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order forming a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. He had agreed to feed him, pay him twelve rupees a month, and find him somewhere to stay.
B. A month’s salary was paid in advance.
C. Fotik had learned to handle his job quite well in the last five days.
D. Upen Babu was a good man which had helped a lot.

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order forming a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. He had agreed to feed him, pay him twelve rupees a month, and find him somewhere to stay.
B. A month’s salary was paid in advance.
C. Fotik had learned to handle his job quite well in the last five days.
D. Upen Babu was a good man which had helped a lot.


Options

A

ADBC

ADBC

B

DACB

DACB

C

CBDA

CBDA

D

CDAB

CDAB


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

CDAB

CDAB


option D CDAB is the right answer here,

in C they have introduced the scene with subject 1

now in D we have subject 2 upen babu (which is a noun and should come before pronoun sentence)

again A has pronoun he in it which is used for upen babu so should come just after D

finally C will come at last.

 

Question 94

Select the word which means the same as the group of words given.

a book or set of books giving information on many subjects or on many aspects of one subject and typically arranged alphabetically.

Select the word which means the same as the group of words given.

a book or set of books giving information on many subjects or on many aspects of one subject and typically arranged alphabetically.


Options

A

Dictionary

Dictionary

B

Glossary

Glossary

C

Encyclopedia

Encyclopedia

D

Thesaurus

Thesaurus


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

Encyclopedia

Encyclopedia


option C is the right word for the given set of words here,

other options;

dictionary- a book that contains a list of the words in a language in the order of the alphabet and that tells you what they mean, in the same or another language

glossary-a list of special or unusual words and their meanings, usually at the end of a text or book

theasurus- a book that contains lists of words and phrases with similar meanings

Question 95

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.

She is going to serve tea in silver cups today.

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.

She is going to serve tea in silver cups today.


Options

A

Tea is going to be served in silver cups today.

Tea is going to be served in silver cups today.

B

Tea will be served in silver cups today.

Tea will be served in silver cups today.

C

Tea should be served in silver cups today.

Tea should be served in silver cups today.

D

Tea will have been served in silver cups today.

Tea will have been served in silver cups today.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

Tea is going to be served in silver cups today.

Tea is going to be served in silver cups today.


Active Voice

Passive Voice

(Auxiliary Verb- is/am/are + being)

Subject + is/am/are+ v1+ ing + object

Object+ is/am/are+ being+ V3+ by + subject

Subject + is/am/are+ not+ v1+ ing+ object

Object + is/am/are+ not + being+V3+ by Subject

Is/am/are+ subject+v1+ing + object+?

Is/am/are + Object+ V3+ by subject +?

Active: Esha is singing a song.

Passive: A song is being sung by Esha.

 

Active: Kritika is not chopping vegetables.

Passive: Vegetables are not being chopped by Kritika.

By going through the above rules, option A is the most appropriate.

Question 96

Select the most appropriate passive form of the given sentence.

The flood victims of Assam have to make highway their home every year.

Select the most appropriate passive form of the given sentence.

The flood victims of Assam have to make highway their home every year.


Options

A

Highway has to be made their home every year by the flood victims of Assam.

Highway has to be made their home every year by the flood victims of Assam.

B

Highway is being made their home every year by the flood victims of Assam.

Highway is being made their home every year by the flood victims of Assam.

C

Highway has been made their home every year by the flood victims of Assam.

Highway has been made their home every year by the flood victims of Assam.

D

Highway has made the flood victims of Assam their home every year.

Highway has made the flood victims of Assam their home every year.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

Highway has to be made their home every year by the flood victims of Assam.

Highway has to be made their home every year by the flood victims of Assam.


Active Voice

Passive Voice

(Auxiliary Verb- has/have +been)

Subject + has/have+ v3+ object

Object+ has/have+ been+ V3+ by + subject

Subject + has/have+ not+ v3+ object

Object + has/have+ not + been+V3+ by Subject

Has/have+ subject+ v3 + object+?

Has/Have + Object+ been+V3+ by subject +?

Active: Nitesh has challenged her.

Passive: She has been challenged by Nitesh.

 

Active: Radhika has not written an article.

Passive: An article has not been written by Radhika.

On the basis of above rules of active and passive voice, Option A is the most correct.

Question 97

Select the most appropriate option to improve the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to improve it, select ‘no improvement required’.

The first step in making a kite is to fasten two sticks of bamboo together in the form of a cross.

Select the most appropriate option to improve the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to improve it, select ‘no improvement required’.

The first step in making a kite is to fasten two sticks of bamboo together in the form of a cross.


Options

A

no improvement required

no improvement required

B

in making a kite is to fastening

in making a kite is to fastening

C

in making a kite is to be fastened

in making a kite is to be fastened

D

into making a kite is fasten

into making a kite is fasten


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

no improvement required

no improvement required


the given sentence is absolutely correct and thus needs no imporvement

so the answer is option A no improvement

Question 98

Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

Open your books at page tenth.

Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

Open your books at page tenth.


Options

A

Open your

Open your

B

No error

No error

C

books at

books at

D

page tenth

page tenth


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

page tenth

page tenth


option D is right answer 

at tenth should be replaced with at ten.

at ten is the correct usage

Question 99

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order forming a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. Gopu was not allowed into the main temple shrine.
B. But Gopu did not mind his work.
C. Pandit Ji had given him a little room in the courtyard of the temple and this was the only place he could call his own.
D. He would sit every evening outside the temple to look after the shoes and slippers of the devotees.

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order forming a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. Gopu was not allowed into the main temple shrine.
B. But Gopu did not mind his work.
C. Pandit Ji had given him a little room in the courtyard of the temple and this was the only place he could call his own.
D. He would sit every evening outside the temple to look after the shoes and slippers of the devotees.


Options

A

CBDA

CBDA

B

DACB

DACB

C

ABCD

ABCD

D

ADBC

ADBC


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

ADBC

ADBC


option D  ADBC is the right answer here,

in A we see the introduction of gopu and how he is not allowed inside the temple

therefore he sits outside the temple stated in D

now he doesn't mind doing his work statement B

and finally comes the statement C

and

Question 100

Select the most appropriate active form of the given sentence.

How many members were informed about the meeting in time?

Select the most appropriate active form of the given sentence.

How many members were informed about the meeting in time?


Options

A

How many members have you informed about the meeting in time?

How many members have you informed about the meeting in time?

B

How many members did you inform about the meeting in time?

How many members did you inform about the meeting in time?

C

How many members could you inform about the meeting in time?

How many members could you inform about the meeting in time?

D

How many meetings did you inform about the members in time?

How many meetings did you inform about the members in time?


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

How many members did you inform about the meeting in time?

How many members did you inform about the meeting in time?


Questions beginning with did Normal structure of interrogative sentence in active voice starting with did is

Did + subject + verb + object ? (Active Voice)

Ex: Did she cook the food? (Active Voice)

(Here ‘she’ is subject, ‘cook’ is verb and ‘the food’ is object.)

While changing the sentence into passive, this structure becomes Was/were + subject + V-3 + by + agent ? (Passive Voice)

On the basis of above rules Option B is correct.

Question 101

Select the most appropriate active form of the given sentence.

Rani’s car is twelve years old but it has not been used much.

Select the most appropriate active form of the given sentence.

Rani’s car is twelve years old but it has not been used much.


Options

A

Rani’s car is twelve years old but she didn’t use it much.

Rani’s car is twelve years old but she didn’t use it much.

B

Rani’s car is twelve years old but she isn’t using it much.

Rani’s car is twelve years old but she isn’t using it much.

C

Rani’s car is twelve years old but she hasn’t used it much.

Rani’s car is twelve years old but she hasn’t used it much.

D

Rani’s car is twelve years old but it hasn’t used her much.

Rani’s car is twelve years old but it hasn’t used her much.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

Rani’s car is twelve years old but she hasn’t used it much.

Rani’s car is twelve years old but she hasn’t used it much.


Active Voice

Passive Voice

(Auxiliary Verb – is/am/are)

Subject + V1+s/es+ object

Object+ is/am/are+ V3+ by + subject

Subject + Do/does+ not + V1 + Object

Object + is/am/are+ not + V3+ by Subject

Does+ Subject+ V1+Object+?

Is/am/are + Object+ V3+ by subject +?

On the basis of above rules, Option C is the most appropriate.

Question 102

Identify the segment in the sentence which contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

It turned out to be the noisy park party anybody had ever attended.

Identify the segment in the sentence which contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

It turned out to be the noisy park party anybody had ever attended.


Options

A

anybody had ever attended.

anybody had ever attended.

B

It turned out to be

It turned out to be

C

the noisy park party

the noisy park party

D

No error

No error


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

the noisy park party

the noisy park party


option C is the right answer here,

we should replace the noisy park party should be replaced with the noisiest park party.

​​​​​​​after the we use superlative degree of adjective

Question 103

Select the most appropriate antonym of the given word.

IMPECCABLE

Select the most appropriate antonym of the given word.

IMPECCABLE


Options

A

Flawless

Flawless

B

Unsullied

Unsullied

C

Exquisite

Exquisite

D

Blemished

Blemished


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

Blemished

Blemished


option  D is the right antonym of the given word 

lets understand the meaning of both

impeccable- 

adjective

without any mistakes or faults; perfect

blemished- marked or spoiled by a flaw or by multiple flaws blemished skin a blemished fruit a blemished reputation.

Question 104

Select the most appropriate option to improve the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to improve it, select ‘no improvement required’.

None of the girl deserve to be selected for this award.

Select the most appropriate option to improve the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to improve it, select ‘no improvement required’.

None of the girl deserve to be selected for this award.


Options

A

no improvement required

no improvement required

B

None of the girls deserves

None of the girls deserves

C

None of the girls are deserving

None of the girls are deserving

D

None of the girl deserves

None of the girl deserves


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

None of the girls deserves

None of the girls deserves


option B is the right answer here

replace none of the girl deserve with none of the girls deserves,

after none/one/ of we use plural subject, and singular verb according to the subject verb agreement rule

so the correct answer is none of the girls deserves

 

Question 105

Select the most appropriate passive form of the given sentence.

The king covered the hole with a huge stone.

Select the most appropriate passive form of the given sentence.

The king covered the hole with a huge stone.


Options

A

The hole was covered by the king with a huge stone.

The hole was covered by the king with a huge stone.

B

A huge stone was covered by the king with a hole.

A huge stone was covered by the king with a hole.

C

The hole has been covered by the king with a huge stone.

The hole has been covered by the king with a huge stone.

D

The king was covered by the hole with a huge stone.

The king was covered by the hole with a huge stone.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

The hole was covered by the king with a huge stone.

The hole was covered by the king with a huge stone.


Active Voice

Passive Voice

(Auxiliary Verb- was/were)

Subject + V2+ object

Object+ was/were V3+ by + subject

Subject +did+ not+v1+ object

Object + was/were+ not +V3+ by Subject

Did+ subject+V1+ object+?

Was/were + Object+ V3+ by subject +?

By going through the above rules of Active and Passive voice for Simple past, Option A is the most appropriate.

Question 106

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in active voice.

I am not interested in this assignment.

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in active voice.

I am not interested in this assignment.


Options

A

This assignment is not interesting me.

This assignment is not interesting me.

B

This assignment does not interest me.

This assignment does not interest me.

C

This assignment has not interested me.

This assignment has not interested me.

D

This assignment did not interest me.

This assignment did not interest me.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

This assignment does not interest me.

This assignment does not interest me.


Active Voice

Passive Voice

(Auxiliary Verb – is/am/are)

Subject + V1+s/es+ object

Object+ is/am/are+ V3+ by + subject

Subject + Do/does+ not + V1 + Object

Object + is/am/are+ not + V3+ by Subject

Does+ Subject+ V1+Object+?

Is/am/are + Object+ V3+ by subject +?

Active: He reads a novel.

Passive: A novel is read.

Active: He does not cook food.

Passive: Food is not cooked by him.

Hence Option B is the most appropriate.

Question 107

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

bury the hatchet

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

bury the hatchet


Options

A

dig a grave

dig a grave

B

forget past quarrels

forget past quarrels

C

sow the seeds

sow the seeds

D

hide a treasure

hide a treasure


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

forget past quarrels

forget past quarrels


bury the hatchet

end a quarrel or conflict and become friendly

so option B is the right answer here

Question 108

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in direct speech.

The judge asked the prisoner if he had anything to say for himself.

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in direct speech.

The judge asked the prisoner if he had anything to say for himself.


Options

A

The judge said to the prisoner, “Did he had anything to say for himself?”

The judge said to the prisoner, “Did he had anything to say for himself?”

B

The judge said to the prisoner, “Do you have anything to say for yourself?”

The judge said to the prisoner, “Do you have anything to say for yourself?”

C

The judge said to the prisoner, “Does he have anything to say for himself?”

The judge said to the prisoner, “Does he have anything to say for himself?”

D

The judge said to the prisoner, “If you have anything to say for yourself?”

The judge said to the prisoner, “If you have anything to say for yourself?”


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

The judge said to the prisoner, “Do you have anything to say for yourself?”

The judge said to the prisoner, “Do you have anything to say for yourself?”


Direct Speech

Indirect Speech

Present simple

 (Subject +V1st + Object)

Past simple

(Subject +V2 + Object)

Present continuous

 (Subject +is/am/are+V1 +ing+ Object)

Past Continuous

(Subject +was/were+V1 +ing+ Object)

Present perfect

(Subject + has/have+V3+Object)

Past perfect

(Subject+had+V3+Object)

Past simple

(Subject+V2+Object)

Past perfect

(Subject+had+V3+Object)

Past Continuous

(Subject +was/were+V1 +ing+ Object)

Past perfect continuous

(Subject +had been+V1 +ing+ Object)

Future simple

(Subject+ will/shall+V1+object)

Present Conditional

(Subject+ would+V1+object)

Future Continuous

(Subject +will/shall+be+V1 +ing+ Object)

Conditional Continuous

(Subject +would+be+V1 +ing+ Object)

by going through the above option, Option B is the most appropriate.

Question 109

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in direct speech.

You told me that you had not slept the previous night and could not work then.

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in direct speech.

You told me that you had not slept the previous night and could not work then.


Options

A

You said to me, “I did not sleep last night and cannot work now.”

You said to me, “I did not sleep last night and cannot work now.”

B

You said to me, “I have not slept last night and could not work then.”

You said to me, “I have not slept last night and could not work then.”

C

You said to me, “I have not slept the previous night and cannot work then.”

You said to me, “I have not slept the previous night and cannot work then.”

D

You said to me, “You did not sleep the previous night and could not work now.”

You said to me, “You did not sleep the previous night and could not work now.”


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

You said to me, “I did not sleep last night and cannot work now.”

You said to me, “I did not sleep last night and cannot work now.”


According to rules of direct and Indirect speech.

Direct Speech

Indirect Speech

Present simple

 (Subject +V1st + Object)

Past simple

(Subject +V2 + Object)

Present continuous

 (Subject +is/am/are+V1 +ing+ Object)

Past Continuous

(Subject +was/were+V1 +ing+ Object)

Present perfect

(Subject + has/have+V3+Object)

Past perfect

(Subject+had+V3+Object)

Past simple

(Subject+V2+Object)

Past perfect

(Subject+had+V3+Object)

and Changes in Place and Time

 

Direct Speech

Indirect Speech

Now

Then

Here

There

Today

That day

Tomorrow

The next day

Hence, option A is the most appropriate.

Question 110

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.

She said to me, “Can you look after my baby for a short while?”

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.

She said to me, “Can you look after my baby for a short while?”


Options

A

She asked me if you can look after my baby for a short while.

She asked me if you can look after my baby for a short while.

B

She asked me that if I could look after her baby for a short while.

She asked me that if I could look after her baby for a short while.

C

She asked me if I could look after her baby for a short while.

She asked me if I could look after her baby for a short while.

D

She asked me if I can look after my baby for a short while.

She asked me if I can look after my baby for a short while.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

She asked me if I could look after her baby for a short while.

She asked me if I could look after her baby for a short while.


Changes of Interrogative Sentences

The reporting verb said/said to is changed in asked, demanded, ordered, enquired as per the nature of the sentence.
While a sentence starts with reporting verb then at the conversion time if /whether is used as the joining clause.
In case the sentence starts from “Wh” question word, then no extra conjunction is used.

For Example: 

Ravi said, “What is Heena doing?”

Ravi asked me what Heena was doing.

Esha said, “Will she come for lunch?”

 Esha asked if she would come for lunch.

The boy asked, “Where do you stay?”

The boy inquired where I stayed

Option C is the most appropriate.

Question 111

Fill in the blank with the most appropriate word.

The annual meeting of our club has been ______ till next month.

Fill in the blank with the most appropriate word.

The annual meeting of our club has been ______ till next month.


Options

A

deferred

deferred

B

deranged

deranged

C

dragged

dragged

D

disrupted

disrupted


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

deferred

deferred


option A is the right word to fill this blank contexually

deferred means to leave something for later; delay

other words

deranged- thinking and behaving in a way that is not normal; mental illness

dragged- to pull somebody/something

disrupted- to stop something from happening

Question 112

Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

Granny said to Nina, “I don’t know why you think it is so wonderful.”

Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

Granny said to Nina, “I don’t know why you think it is so wonderful.”


Options

A

Granny said to Nina that she hadn’t known why she was thinking it was so wonderful.

Granny said to Nina that she hadn’t known why she was thinking it was so wonderful.

B

Granny said to Nina that she doesn’t know why she thinks it was so wonderful.

Granny said to Nina that she doesn’t know why she thinks it was so wonderful.

C

Granny said to Nina that I don’t know why you think it is so wonderful

Granny said to Nina that I don’t know why you think it is so wonderful

D

Granny said to Nina that she didn’t know why she thought it was so wonderful.

Granny said to Nina that she didn’t know why she thought it was so wonderful.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

Granny said to Nina that she didn’t know why she thought it was so wonderful.

Granny said to Nina that she didn’t know why she thought it was so wonderful.


Direct speech structure:
WH family word + auxiliary verb + subject + main verb + object/modifier (optional)?

Indirect speech structure:
WH family word + subject + main verb + object/modifier.

  • Direct speech: The police asked, “What were you doing when the incident happened?”
    Indirect speech: The police asked what I had been doing when the incident had happened.

According to the rules stated above, Option D is the most appropriate.

Question 113

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.

She said to herself, “Shall I have a happy married life?”

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.

She said to herself, “Shall I have a happy married life?”


Options

A

She wondered if she would have a happy married life.

She wondered if she would have a happy married life.

B

She wondered if she shall have a happy married life.

She wondered if she shall have a happy married life.

C

She asked that if she should have a happy married life.

She asked that if she should have a happy married life.

D

She thought that she should have a happy married life.

She thought that she should have a happy married life.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

She wondered if she would have a happy married life.

She wondered if she would have a happy married life.


Direct speech structure:
Auxiliary verb + subject + main verb + subject complement?
Auxiliary verb + subject + main verb + object/modifier?

Indirect speech structure:
If/whether + subject + main verb + subject complement.
If/whether + subject + main verb + object/modifier.

on the basis of above rules provided above,  Option A is the most appropriate.

Question 114

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No Improvement’.

I reached at London only this morning.

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No Improvement’.

I reached at London only this morning.


Options

A

am reaching

am reaching

B

reach

reach

C

reached

reached

D

No Improvement

No Improvement


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

reached

reached


option C is the right answer here,

you do not reach at a place

instead you reach a place. so it is reached only

Question 115

Identify the segment in the sentence which contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

This story is quite interesting, but I have read much interesting stories than this.

Identify the segment in the sentence which contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

This story is quite interesting, but I have read much interesting stories than this.


Options

A

No error

No error

B

This story is quite interesting

This story is quite interesting

C

much interesting stories than this.

much interesting stories than this.

D

but I have read

but I have read


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

much interesting stories than this.

much interesting stories than this.


option c is the right answer here,

we have to replace much intresting stories than this with more intresting stories than this.

for comparison we need to use the word more and not much

Question 116

Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

Rahul said to Mohit, “ I am taking my family to Kashmir for a vacation tomorrow.”

Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

Rahul said to Mohit, “ I am taking my family to Kashmir for a vacation tomorrow.”


Options

A

Rahul told Mohit that he was taking his family to Kashmir for a vacation the following day.

Rahul told Mohit that he was taking his family to Kashmir for a vacation the following day.

B

Rahul told Mohit that I was taking my family to Kashmir for a vacation the following day.

Rahul told Mohit that I was taking my family to Kashmir for a vacation the following day.

C

Rahul told Mohit that he is taking his family to Kashmir for a vacation tomorrow.

Rahul told Mohit that he is taking his family to Kashmir for a vacation tomorrow.

D

Rahul told Mohit that I am taking my family to Kashmir for a vacation tomorrow.

Rahul told Mohit that I am taking my family to Kashmir for a vacation tomorrow.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

Rahul told Mohit that he was taking his family to Kashmir for a vacation the following day.

Rahul told Mohit that he was taking his family to Kashmir for a vacation the following day.


According to the rules of change of tenses in direct and indirect speech.

Direct Speech

Indirect Speech

Present simple

 (Subject +V1st + Object)

Past simple

(Subject +V2 + Object)

Present continuous

 (Subject +is/am/are+V1 +ing+ Object)

Past Continuous

(Subject +was/were+V1 +ing+ Object)

Direct Speech

Indirect Speech

Now

Then

Here

There

Today

That day

Tomorrow

The next day

Last week

The previous week

from the rules stated above, Option A is the most appropriate.

Question 117

Select the most appropriate option to improve the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to improve it, select ‘no improvement required’.

You can have a comfortable journey only then you are getting your seats reserved in advance.

Select the most appropriate option to improve the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to improve it, select ‘no improvement required’.

You can have a comfortable journey only then you are getting your seats reserved in advance.


Options

A

only then you get

only then you get

B

only if you get

only if you get

C

only when you are getting

only when you are getting

D

no improvement required

no improvement required


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

only if you get

only if you get


option B is the right answer here,

only then are  you getting should be replaced with only if you get

when we have if clause in a sentence we use present indefinite tense with it and not the continuous

Question 118

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.

Nobody has brought this fact to my notice.

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.

Nobody has brought this fact to my notice.


Options

A

This fact had not been brought to my notice by anybody.

This fact had not been brought to my notice by anybody.

B

This fact has not been brought to my notice by anybody.

This fact has not been brought to my notice by anybody.

C

This fact was not brought to my notice by anybody.

This fact was not brought to my notice by anybody.

D

This fact is not being brought to my notice by nobody.

This fact is not being brought to my notice by nobody.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

This fact has not been brought to my notice by anybody.

This fact has not been brought to my notice by anybody.


Active Voice

Passive Voice

(Auxiliary Verb- had +been)

Subject + had + v3+ object.

Object+ had+been +V3+ by + subject

Subject +had+ not+v3+ object

Object + had+ not +been+V3+ by Subject

Had+ Subject + V3+ object+?

Had + Object+ been+v3+ by+ subject+?

From the rules mentioned above, Option B is the most appropriate.

Question 119

Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

The people living in coastal areas were evacuated by time.

Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

The people living in coastal areas were evacuated by time.


Options

A

were evacuated

were evacuated

B

The people

The people

C

by time

by time

D

living in coastal areas

living in coastal areas


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

by time

by time


option C has the erroneous part,

by time should be replaced with on time.

by time and on time looks similar but they are not one and the same thing, in the sense that 'on time' is used to mean at the specific time while by time means  at the time : when I had lived in 12 different cities by the time I turned 18. By the time she showed up, I was finished eating.

Question 120

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.

I said to you, “He cannot be trusted completely.”

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.

I said to you, “He cannot be trusted completely.”


Options

A

You told me that he could not be trusted completely.

You told me that he could not be trusted completely.

B

I said you that he cannot be trusted completely.

I said you that he cannot be trusted completely.

C

I told you that he could not be trusted completely.

I told you that he could not be trusted completely.

D

You told me that he cannot be trusted completely.

You told me that he cannot be trusted completely.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

I told you that he could not be trusted completely.

I told you that he could not be trusted completely.


option C is right according to the rules here,

said to is changed into told and commas into that, 

modal is changed accroding to below table,

Direct Speech

Indirect Speech

Can

Could

May

Might

Must

Had to/ Would have to

Should

Should

Might

Might

Could

Could

Would

Would

Ought to

Ought to

 

Question 121

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

all in all

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

all in all


Options

A

completely lost

completely lost

B

every person

every person

C

first in line

first in line

D

having all authority

having all authority


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

having all authority

having all authority


idiom all in all means having all the authority and power; having absolute authority

so option D is the most appropriate answer here

Question 122

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.

“What a hopeless fellow you are!” said the teacher to the student.

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.

“What a hopeless fellow you are!” said the teacher to the student.


Options

A

The teacher said the student was what a hopeless fellow.

The teacher said the student was what a hopeless fellow.

B

The teacher told the student that you are a very hopeless fellow.

The teacher told the student that you are a very hopeless fellow.

C

The teacher told the student what are a hopeless fellow he was.

The teacher told the student what are a hopeless fellow he was.

D

The teacher told the student that he was a very hopeless fellow.

The teacher told the student that he was a very hopeless fellow.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

The teacher told the student that he was a very hopeless fellow.

The teacher told the student that he was a very hopeless fellow.


Said to is changed to exclaimed/exclaimed with joy/exclaimed with sorrow/ exclaimed with grief/ confessed with regret/ shouted with applause/ cried out/ eagerly wished and “that” is used as a conjunction.  Sign of exclamation (!) if given is removed and a full stop is used. If the reported verb has words like “what a” or “how”, then “very” is used in place of them in the indirect speech.

Hence in accordance to the rules stated above, Option D is the most appropriate.

Question 123

Select the wrongly spelt word.

Select the wrongly spelt word.


Options

A

Passage

Passage

B

Penalty

Penalty

C

Premium

Premium

D

Parallel

Parallel


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

Parallel

Paralel


option D is wrongly spelt word here,

the correct spelling is parellel which means two lines having equal difference in all points.

other three words are spelt correctly

Question 124

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order forming a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. In 1943, sudden retrenchment from his office due to the war cost him his nine year old job.
B. In 1934, Patol Babu gave up his factory job and came to Calcutta with his wife.
C. Ever since, Patol Babu had struggled to make a living.
D. The sailing was smooth for some years and Patol Babu was in his boss’s good books.

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order forming a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. In 1943, sudden retrenchment from his office due to the war cost him his nine year old job.
B. In 1934, Patol Babu gave up his factory job and came to Calcutta with his wife.
C. Ever since, Patol Babu had struggled to make a living.
D. The sailing was smooth for some years and Patol Babu was in his boss’s good books.


Options

A

DACB

DACB

B

BDAC

BDAC

C

ADBC

ADBC

D

CBDA

CBDA


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

BDAC

BDAC


option B BDAC is the right answer here,

option  B has an earlier date, has the noun in it and is the introductory part which makes it come at first place

now B has further details added to B so should come just after B

again A has a later date than before and C has ever since in starting so AC make a pair together

thus BDAC  is the correct sequence

note- you should try to eliminate options in such questions

Question 125

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order forming a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A courtyard enclosed the little room where the deity was kept.
B. Nayan stood at the entrance and looked in with amazement.
C. The forest grew thicker as she walked and then Nayan caught her first glimpse of the temple.
D. It was an ancient structure and the grey stone walls were covered with moss.

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order forming a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A courtyard enclosed the little room where the deity was kept.
B. Nayan stood at the entrance and looked in with amazement.
C. The forest grew thicker as she walked and then Nayan caught her first glimpse of the temple.
D. It was an ancient structure and the grey stone walls were covered with moss.


Options

A

CDAB

CDAB

B

ADBC

ADBC

C

DACB

DACB

D

CBDA

CBDA


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

CDAB

CDAB


option A is the right answer here,

CDAB should be the correct sequence

in C they have introduced the temple first and then 

in D furthere descriptions of the temple have been given so CD is the pait that should come at first 

we have only one option in four that is starting with CD so that is the right answer

Question 126

Identify the segment in the sentence which contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

During the seventeenth century there were great developments at the sphere of knowledge.

Identify the segment in the sentence which contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

During the seventeenth century there were great developments at the sphere of knowledge.


Options

A

No error

No error

B

there were great developments

there were great developments

C

at the sphere of knowledge.

at the sphere of knowledge.

D

During the seventeenth century

During the seventeenth century


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

at the sphere of knowledge.

at the sphere of knowledge.


option C is the right answer here, 

we need to replace at the sphere of knowledge with in the sphere of knowledge

which is a fixed phrase that means Unified body or collection of knowledge regarding a specific subject, interest or otherwise area of expertise possessed by an individual.

Question 127

Select the most appropriate direct form of the given sentence.

The policeman told the boys that they could not park their car there.

Select the most appropriate direct form of the given sentence.

The policeman told the boys that they could not park their car there.


Options

A

The policeman said to the boys, “How could you park your car here?”

The policeman said to the boys, “How could you park your car here?”

B

The policeman said to the boys, “You could not park their car there.”

The policeman said to the boys, “You could not park their car there.”

C

The policeman said to the boys, “You cannot park your car here.”

The policeman said to the boys, “You cannot park your car here.”

D

The policeman told to the boys, “They could not park their car there.”

The policeman told to the boys, “They could not park their car there.”


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

The policeman said to the boys, “You cannot park your car here.”

The policeman said to the boys, “You cannot park your car here.”


Direct Speech

Indirect Speech

Present simple

 (Subject +V1st + Object)

Past simple

(Subject +V2 + Object)

Present continuous

 (Subject +is/am/are+V1 +ing+ Object)

Past Continuous

(Subject +was/were+V1 +ing+ Object)

Present perfect

(Subject + has/have+V3+Object)

Past perfect

(Subject+had+V3+Object)

Past simple

(Subject+V2+Object)

Past perfect

(Subject+had+V3+Object)

Past Continuous

(Subject +was/were+V1 +ing+ Object)

Past perfect continuous

(Subject +had been+V1 +ing+ Object)

Future simple

(Subject+ will/shall+V1+object)

Present Conditional

(Subject+ would+V1+object)

Future Continuous

(Subject +will/shall+be+V1 +ing+ Object)

Conditional Continuous

(Subject +would+be+V1 +ing+ Object)

told becomes said to and there becomes here in the direct speech.

hence option C is the most appropriate choice.

Question 128

Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

He said to his brother, “Where did you go for a picnic?”

Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

He said to his brother, “Where did you go for a picnic?”


Options

A

He asked his brother where did he go for a picnic.

He asked his brother where did he go for a picnic.

B

He asked his brother where he went for a picnic.

He asked his brother where he went for a picnic.

C

He asked his brother where did you go for a picnic.

He asked his brother where did you go for a picnic.

D

He asked his brother where he had gone for a picnic.

He asked his brother where he had gone for a picnic.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

He asked his brother where he had gone for a picnic.

He asked his brother where he had gone for a picnic.


Direct speech structure:
WH family word + auxiliary verb + subject + main verb + object/modifier (optional)?

Indirect speech structure:
WH family word + subject + main verb + object/modifier.

  • Direct speech: The police asked, “What were you doing when the incident happened?”
    Indirect speech: The police asked what I had been doing when the incident had happened.
  • Direct speech: He said, “What can I do for you?”
    Indirect speech: He asked what he could for me.

From the above rules, option D is the most appropriate.

 

Question 129

Select the most appropriate option to improve the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to improve it, select ‘no improvement required’.

Mr. Fogg thought that it is possible to a man to go round the world in eighty days.

Select the most appropriate option to improve the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to improve it, select ‘no improvement required’.

Mr. Fogg thought that it is possible to a man to go round the world in eighty days.


Options

A

no improvement required

no improvement required

B

it was possible to the man

it was possible to the man

C

it was possible for a man

it was possible for a man

D

it is possible to a man

it is possible to a man


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

it was possible for a man

it was possible for a man


option C is the correct answer here

it is possible to a man should be replaced with it is possible for a man

it is possible for a noun and it is possible to a verb is the correct usage

Question 130

Select the most appropriate option to improve the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to improve it, select ‘no improvement required’.

We have heard that some statues have stolen with this ancient temple.

Select the most appropriate option to improve the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to improve it, select ‘no improvement required’.

We have heard that some statues have stolen with this ancient temple.


Options

A

have been stolen from

have been stolen from

B

having been stolen from

having been stolen from

C

no improvement required

no improvement required

D

have been stolen with

have been stolen with


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

have been stolen from

have been stolen from


option A is the correct improvement

replace have stolen with, with have been stolen from

steal from is the correct fixed phrasel verb which means 

to take something from a person, shop, etc. without permission and without intending to return it or pay for it

and the above sentence is in passive form so has/have been and third form of the verb is the correct use

Question 131

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

bad blood

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

bad blood


Options

A

ill feeling

ill feeling

B

poor quality

poor quality

C

low status

low status

D

hard luck

hard luck


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

ill feeling

ill feeling


idiom bad blood means 

ill feeling.

"there has always been bad blood between these families"

so option A is the right answer

Question 132

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order forming a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A.He tried covering himself from head to foot with a sheet, but that was suffocating, so he gave up.
B. To his relief, Upen Babu found him a mosquito net.
C. The next morning he told Upen Babu about his problem.
D. Mosquitoes did not let him sleep the first night.

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order forming a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A.He tried covering himself from head to foot with a sheet, but that was suffocating, so he gave up.
B. To his relief, Upen Babu found him a mosquito net.
C. The next morning he told Upen Babu about his problem.
D. Mosquitoes did not let him sleep the first night.


Options

A

CDAB

CDAB

B

ADBC

ADBC

C

DCBA

DCBA

D

DACB

DACB


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

DACB

DACB


option D, DACB is the correct answer here,

D states the mosquito problem and introduces it first so it is the first sentence in the sequence

now A tells how he tried to solve the issue but could not

in option C the word next indicates that it should not have come at either the first place or the second

finally B has the solution and relief and is correct pick to come at last

so DACB is the right set 

Question 133

Select the most appropriate option to improve the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to improve it, select ‘no improvement required’.

Eighty girls sat there at four long tables, doing their homework by candlelight.

Select the most appropriate option to improve the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to improve it, select ‘no improvement required’.

Eighty girls sat there at four long tables, doing their homework by candlelight.


Options

A

to have done their homework with

to have done their homework with

B

to doing their homework by

to doing their homework by

C

doing its homework by

doing its homework by

D

no improvement required

no improvement required


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

no improvement required

no improvement required


above sentence is absolutely correct and thus needs no improvement

by the candlelight is the correct usage(connfusion point of some)

hence, no improvement is the correct answer here

Question 134

Given below are four sentences in jumbled order. Pick the option that gives their correct order.
A. An allergy is a reaction of the immune system to a substance which is normally harmless.
B. These antibodies then attach themselves to cells, which contain histamine, which inflames the tissues.
C. One-third of us are affected by an allergy at some point in our lives. 
D. The immune system in allergy sufferers makes antibodies against harmless substances because it believes them to be dangerous.

Given below are four sentences in jumbled order. Pick the option that gives their correct order.
A. An allergy is a reaction of the immune system to a substance which is normally harmless.
B. These antibodies then attach themselves to cells, which contain histamine, which inflames the tissues.
C. One-third of us are affected by an allergy at some point in our lives. 
D. The immune system in allergy sufferers makes antibodies against harmless substances because it believes them to be dangerous.


Options

A

CADB

CADB

B

ACBD

ACBD

C

CBDA

CBDA

D

DCAB

DCAB


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

CADB

CADB


option A CADB is the right answer here,

C comes at first and introduces the allergy for the first time in the para

now A explains what allergy is with its defination and should come just after C

again, D has the effects and afterwards of having an allergy

so, CADB is the correct pair

Question 135

Given below are four sentences in jumbled order. Pick the option that gives their correct order.
A. It was interesting to find out that the centre operates 24 hours a day all year round. 
B. The recent trip to the recycling centre was a very useful experience.
C. However, it was surprising to learn that the centre only collects 50% of the waste as a lot of it is used as landfill.
D. The main aim of the visit was to find out about the systems put in place to recycle waste.

Given below are four sentences in jumbled order. Pick the option that gives their correct order.
A. It was interesting to find out that the centre operates 24 hours a day all year round. 
B. The recent trip to the recycling centre was a very useful experience.
C. However, it was surprising to learn that the centre only collects 50% of the waste as a lot of it is used as landfill.
D. The main aim of the visit was to find out about the systems put in place to recycle waste.


Options

A

BDAC

BDAC

B

ABCD

ABCD

C

BCAD

BCAD

D

ACDB

ACDB


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

BDAC

BDAC


option  A BDAC is the right answer here,

let's try to understand in steps how

B gives the introduction about the trip and should come at first place, 

D further explains the aim/objective of trip which makes it liable to come just after

now A has the description what happened on that specific trip

so BDAC is the correct answer here,

Question 136

Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

You must reach the airport on time either you will miss your flight.

Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

You must reach the airport on time either you will miss your flight.


Options

A

either you will

either you will

B

miss your flight

miss your flight

C

You must reach

You must reach

D

the airport on time

the airport on time


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

either you will

either you will


the error lies in option A 

either you will should be replaced with, else/otherwise 

either is used to specify choice between two given options

here for the repurcursion/result we need to use else /otherwise 

Question 137

Select the most appropriate passive form of the given sentence.

Granny had given Uncle Ken a good lecture on how to be a responsible adult.

Select the most appropriate passive form of the given sentence.

Granny had given Uncle Ken a good lecture on how to be a responsible adult.


Options

A

Uncle Ken had been given a good lecture by Granny on how to be a responsible adult.

Uncle Ken had been given a good lecture by Granny on how to be a responsible adult.

B

Uncle Ken was being given a good lecture by Granny on how to be a responsible adult.

Uncle Ken was being given a good lecture by Granny on how to be a responsible adult.

C

Granny was given a good lecture by Uncle Ken on how to be a responsible adult.

Granny was given a good lecture by Uncle Ken on how to be a responsible adult.

D

Uncle Ken was giving a good lecture to Granny on how to be a responsible adult.

Uncle Ken was giving a good lecture to Granny on how to be a responsible adult.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

Uncle Ken had been given a good lecture by Granny on how to be a responsible adult.

Uncle Ken had been given a good lecture by Granny on how to be a responsible adult.


Active Voice

Passive Voice

(Auxiliary Verb- had +been)

Subject + had + v3+ object.

Object+ had+been +V3+ by + subject

Subject +had+ not+v3+ object

Object + had+ not +been+V3+ by Subject

Had+ Subject + V3+ object+?

Had + Object+ been+v3+ by+ subject+?

Active: Misha had cleaned the floor.

Passive: The floor had been cleaned by Misha.

Active: Vidhi had not received the parcel.

Passive: The parcel had not been received by Vidhi.

Hence option A is the most appropriate choice here.

Question 138

Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

I said to you, “You should believe her”.

Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

I said to you, “You should believe her”.


Options

A

I told you that you should believe her.

I told you that you should believe her.

B

I told you that I should believe her.

I told you that I should believe her.

C

I asked whether she should believe you.

I asked whether she should believe you.

D

I asked you if you should believe her.

I asked you if you should believe her.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

I told you that you should believe her.

I told you that you should believe her.


Changes of Pronouns:

The first person in reported speech changes according to the subject of reporting speech.
In Reported Speech change of the second person depends on the object of reporting speech.
The third person remains unchanged.

Direct Speech

Indirect Speech

I

He/she

You

He/she/they

We

They

They

They

He

He

She

She

for example:  

  1. Vidya said, “I am a good girl.”

           Vidya said that she was a good girl.

       2.I told them, “You have finished your work.”

          I told them that they had finished their work.

from above explaination: Option A is the most appropriate choice.

Question 139

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No Improvement’.

She is as good if not better than her sister.

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No Improvement’.

She is as good if not better than her sister.


Options

A

as good as

as good as

B

good as

good as

C

No Improvement

No Improvement

D

more good

more good


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

good as

good as


option B is right here,

as good should be replaced with as good as.

as... as, such.... as, more....than,  such... that etc. are such pairs which should be used in correct pair only 

if we are using any of the degree of adjective it should be completed 

Question 140

Select the most appropriate synonym of the given word.

fictitious

Select the most appropriate synonym of the given word.

fictitious


Options

A

genuine

genuine

B

confirmed

confirmed

C

factual

factual

D

imaginary

imaginary


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

imaginary

imaginary


the word fictitious means something that is invented and not real,

so the correct synonym of this word is imaginary option D

other words;

genuine-something real, true

confirmed-fixed in a particular habit or way of life

factual- related to facts and real.

Question 141

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order forming a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. He went up to the king, bowed and presented a velvet case.
B. The king invited the men to make their presentations.
C.The court-room was packed with people.
D. Krishna Kumar was the first to come forward.

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order forming a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. He went up to the king, bowed and presented a velvet case.
B. The king invited the men to make their presentations.
C.The court-room was packed with people.
D. Krishna Kumar was the first to come forward.


Options

A

ADBC

ADBC

B

CDAB

CDAB

C

DACB

DACB

D

CBDA

CBDA


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

CBDA

CBDA


option D is the correct answer here, that is CBDA

the para starts with the scenerio that is explained in C

and now storyline begins with statement B

again D has the noun krishna kumar and A has the pronoun he in it , so DA  is a pair 

thus CBDA is the correct pair

Question 142

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.

Who could have made such a silly mistake?

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.

Who could have made such a silly mistake?


Options

A

By whom can such a silly mistake be made?

By whom can such a silly mistake be made?

B

By whom can such a silly mistake have been made?

By whom can such a silly mistake have been made?

C

By whom could such a silly mistake have been made?

By whom could such a silly mistake have been made?

D

By whom could such a silly mistake be made?

By whom could such a silly mistake be made?


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

By whom could such a silly mistake have been made?

By whom could such a silly mistake have been made?


‘Wh’ questions Questions starting with what, why, where, when, who, whom etc are known as ‘wh’ questions Normal structure of ‘wh’ questions in active voice is ‘Wh’ word + auxiliary + subject + verb + object ? (Active Voice)

While changing the sentence into passive, this structure becomes ‘Wh’ word + auxiliary + subject + V-3 + agent ? (Passive Voice)

Who wrote this letter? (Active Voice)

By whom this letter was written? (Passive Voice)

 Who will call him? (Active Voice)

By whom he will be called? (Passive Voice)

From the above explaination, Option C is correct.

Question 143

Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

He said that he had forgot to lock the door before leaving.

Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

He said that he had forgot to lock the door before leaving.


Options

A

to lock the door

to lock the door

B

He said that

He said that

C

he had forgot

he had forgot

D

before leaving

before leaving


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

he had forgot

he had forgot


the error lies in the option C

had forgot should be replaced with had forgotten

the question is related to incorrect use of forms of verb

with has/have/had we use third form of the verb,

that is forgotten

Question 144

Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

“Don’t be late tomorrow morning,” my mother said to me.

Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

“Don’t be late tomorrow morning,” my mother said to me.


Options

A

My mother warned me not to be late tomorrow morning.

My mother warned me not to be late tomorrow morning.

B

My mother told me don’t be late tomorrow morning.

My mother told me don’t be late tomorrow morning.

C

My mother warned me not to be late the next day morning.

My mother warned me not to be late the next day morning.

D

My mother asks me not to be late tomorrow morning.

My mother asks me not to be late tomorrow morning.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

My mother warned me not to be late the next day morning.

My mother warned me not to be late the next day morning.


Changes in Place and Time:

 

Direct Speech

Indirect Speech

Now

Then

Here

There

Today

That day

Tomorrow

The next day

from the above explaination, Option C is correct.

Question 145

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in direct speech.

I told you that I had bought a new book for you the day before.

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in direct speech.

I told you that I had bought a new book for you the day before.


Options

A

I said to you, “I bought a new book for you yesterday.”

I said to you, “I bought a new book for you yesterday.”

B

I told to you, “I have bought a new book for you yesterday.”

I told to you, “I have bought a new book for you yesterday.”

C

I said to you, “You have bought a new book for me the day before.”

I said to you, “You have bought a new book for me the day before.”

D

I said to you, “I have bought a new book for you the day before.”

I said to you, “I have bought a new book for you the day before.”


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

I said to you, “I bought a new book for you yesterday.”

I said to you, “I bought a new book for you yesterday.”


according to the rules option a is right here

yesterday is changed into the day before

said to is changed into told

and past indefinited is changed into past perfect.

Question 146

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

clam up

Select the most appropriate meaning of the given idiom.

clam up


Options

A

to be upset

to be upset

B

to become silent

to become silent

C

to lose temper

to lose temper

D

to be frustrated

to be frustrated


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

to become silent

to become silent


option B is the right answer here,

idiom clams up means 

abruptly stop talking.

"as soon as I ask if any of this can go on the record, he clams up"

so option B is the most close to this out of four

Question 147

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No Improvement’.

He is interested neither in business or on the job.

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No Improvement’.

He is interested neither in business or on the job.


Options

A

nor to the

nor to the

B

not on a

not on a

C

No Improvement

No Improvement

D

nor in a

nor in a


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

nor in a

nor in a


option D is the right answer,

or on the job should be replaced with nor in a 

neither...nor either...or are the correct pairs and should be used correctly only

Question 148

Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

Jayesh said to Diwakar, “ You can top the class if you want to.”

Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

Jayesh said to Diwakar, “ You can top the class if you want to.”


Options

A

Jayesh told Diwakar that he could top the class if he wanted to.

Jayesh told Diwakar that he could top the class if he wanted to.

B

Jayesh told Diwakar that you could top the class if you wanted to.

Jayesh told Diwakar that you could top the class if you wanted to.

C

Jayesh told Diwakar that he would top the class if he wants to.

Jayesh told Diwakar that he would top the class if he wants to.

D

Jayesh told Diwakar that you can top the class if you want to.

Jayesh told Diwakar that you can top the class if you want to.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

Jayesh told Diwakar that he could top the class if he wanted to.

Jayesh told Diwakar that he could top the class if he wanted to.


Direct and Indirect Speech Rules:

 

Direct Speech

Indirect Speech

Can

Could

May

Might

Must

Had to/ Would have t

said to changes to told
hence from the above explaination, Option A is correct

Question 149

Select the most appropriate direct form of the given sentence.

Taru asked Kavya if she would help her in setting up her new dressing table.

Select the most appropriate direct form of the given sentence.

Taru asked Kavya if she would help her in setting up her new dressing table.


Options

A

Taru said to Kavya, “Will you help me in setting up her new dressing table?”

Taru said to Kavya, “Will you help me in setting up her new dressing table?”

B

Taru said to Kavya, “How would you help me in setting up my new dressing table?”

Taru said to Kavya, “How would you help me in setting up my new dressing table?”

C

Taru said to Kavya, “Would you help her in setting up my new dressing table?”

Taru said to Kavya, “Would you help her in setting up my new dressing table?”

D

Taru said to Kavya, “Will you help me in setting up my new dressing table?”

Taru said to Kavya, “Will you help me in setting up my new dressing table?”


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

Taru said to Kavya, “Will you help me in setting up my new dressing table?”

Taru said to Kavya, “Will you help me in setting up my new dressing table?”


Direct speech structure:
Auxiliary verb + subject + main verb + subject complement?
Auxiliary verb + subject + main verb + object/modifier?

Indirect speech structure:
If/whether + subject + main verb + subject complement.
If/whether + subject + main verb + object/modifier.

  • Direct speech: I asked her, “Will you go out with me?”
    Indirect speech: I asked her if/whether she would go out with me.
  • Direct speech: The guy on the street said to me, ” Do you know whom you are messing with?”
    Indirect speech: The guy on the street asked me if I knew whom I was messing with.

Hence from the above rules, Option D is correct.

Question 150

Select the most appropriate synonym of the given word.

INCUMBENT

Select the most appropriate synonym of the given word.

INCUMBENT


Options

A

Prophet

Prophet

B

Occupant

Occupant

C

Contestant

Contestant

D

Adventurer

Adventurer


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

Occupant

Occupant


the word incumbent means a person who is currently in an official position.

option B occupant is the correct synonym of the given word that means  person who is in a building, car, etc. at a particular time

other options;

prophet-a person who is sent by God to teach the people and give them messages from God

contestant- a person who takes part in a contest

adventurere- a perosn who takes part in an adventure.

 

 

Question 151

Given below are four sentences in jumbled order. Pick the option that gives their correct order.
A. I kept quiet about it though because I didn't want to sound grumpy.
B. We were helping at a nature reserve for a week.
C.I was getting a bit fed up because we had cheese sandwiches for every meal as the cooking team knew no better. 
D. When it was my team’s turn to cook, we made a simple dinner of pasta and salad which was devoured in no time.

Given below are four sentences in jumbled order. Pick the option that gives their correct order.
A. I kept quiet about it though because I didn't want to sound grumpy.
B. We were helping at a nature reserve for a week.
C.I was getting a bit fed up because we had cheese sandwiches for every meal as the cooking team knew no better. 
D. When it was my team’s turn to cook, we made a simple dinner of pasta and salad which was devoured in no time.


Options

A

BCAD

BCAD

B

ACDB

ACDB

C

CDAB

CDAB

D

BDCA

BDCA


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

BCAD

BCAD


option A BCAD is the correct set of words here,

B has the introduction of the even the writer was in so should come at first.

now B has the introduction of the problem why he was fed up

and A has what he did about the problem ; how he reacted to it. so BA is a pair.

now D should come at last according to the storyline

Question 152

Select the most appropriate synonym of the given word.

abandon

Select the most appropriate synonym of the given word.

abandon


Options

A

start

start

B

leave

leave

C

allow

allow

D

adopt

adopt


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

leave

leave


 

abandon means

to leave somebody/something that you are responsible for, usually permanently

so option B leave is the correct synonym for the given word

 

Question 153

Select the most appropriate one word to substitute the given group of words.

symbols of royalty

Select the most appropriate one word to substitute the given group of words.

symbols of royalty


Options

A

emblem

emblem

B

regalia

regalia

C

sceptre

sceptre

D

relic

relic


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

regalia

regalia


option B regalia is the right word for the above set of words here,

now other optionse

emblem-an object or symbol that represents something\

sceptre-a decorated rod carried by a king or queen on ceremonial occasions as a symbol of their power

relic-an object, tradition, etc. from the past that still survives today

 

Question 154

Select the most appropriate active form of the given sentence.

A bed time story was made by him for me every night.

Select the most appropriate active form of the given sentence.

A bed time story was made by him for me every night.


Options

A

I made a bed time story for him every night.

I made a bed time story for him every night.

B

He made a bed time story for me every night.

He made a bed time story for me every night.

C

He has made a bed time story for me every night.

He has made a bed time story for me every night.

D

He has been making a bed time story for me every night.

He has been making a bed time story for me every night.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

He made a bed time story for me every night.

He made a bed time story for me every night.


Active Voice

Passive Voice

(Auxiliary Verb- was/were)

Subject + V2+ object

Object+ was/were V3+ by + subject

Subject +did+ not+v1+ object

Object + was/were+ not +V3+ by Subject

Did+ subject+V1+ object+?

Was/were + Object+ V3+ by subject +?

Hence option B is correct.

Question 155

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.

India is exporting handicrafts to several countries.

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.

India is exporting handicrafts to several countries.


Options

A

Handicrafts have been exported to several countries by India.

Handicrafts have been exported to several countries by India.

B

Handicrafts are exported to several countries by India.

Handicrafts are exported to several countries by India.

C

Handicrafts were exported to several countries by India.

Handicrafts were exported to several countries by India.

D

Handicrafts are being exported to several countries by India.

Handicrafts are being exported to several countries by India.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

Handicrafts are being exported to several countries by India.

Handicrafts are being exported to several countries by India.


Active Voice

Passive Voice

(Auxiliary Verb- is/am/are + being)

Subject + is/am/are+ v1+ ing + object

Object+ is/am/are+ being+ V3+ by + subject

Subject + is/am/are+ not+ v1+ ing+ object

Object + is/am/are+ not + being+V3+ by Subject

Is/am/are+ subject+v1+ing + object+?

Is/am/are + Object+ V3+ by subject +?

Option D is most appropriate here.

 

Question 156

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.

She said, “Ruhi slipped when she was trying to board the bus.”

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.

She said, “Ruhi slipped when she was trying to board the bus.”


Options

A

She says that Ruhi slipped when she was trying to board the bus.

She says that Ruhi slipped when she was trying to board the bus.

B

She said that Ruhi had slipped when she was trying to board the bus.

She said that Ruhi had slipped when she was trying to board the bus.

C

She said that Ruhi has slipped when she was trying to board the bus.

She said that Ruhi has slipped when she was trying to board the bus.

D

She said that Ruhi slipped when she was trying to board the bus.

She said that Ruhi slipped when she was trying to board the bus.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

She said that Ruhi had slipped when she was trying to board the bus.

She said that Ruhi had slipped when she was trying to board the bus.


Active and Passive Voice Rules for Past Continuous Tense

Active Voice

Passive Voice

(Auxiliary Verb- was/were + being)

Subject + was/were + v1+ing+ object.

Object+ was/were +being+V3+ by + subject

Subject +was/were+ not+v1+ing + object

Object + was/were+ not +being+V3+ by Subject

Was/were+ Subject + V1+ing + object+?

Was/were + Object+ being+v3+ by+ subject+?

from the above rules it can be inferred that Option B is the most appropriate.

Question 157

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No Improvement’.

The apple tree was loaded of fruit.

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No Improvement’.

The apple tree was loaded of fruit.


Options

A

loaded with

loaded with

B

No Improvement

No Improvement

C

laden with

laden with

D

loaded from

loaded from


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

laden with

laden with


option C is the right answer here,

Something that is laden is weighted down by something heavy, like an apple tree that's laden with fruit. Laden comes from the Old English word hladan, meaning "to load, heap.

so replace loaded of with, laden with.

Question 158

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in active voice.

Has Rahul been declared fit to play the next match?

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in active voice.

Has Rahul been declared fit to play the next match?


Options

A

Have they declared Rahul fit to play the next match?

Have they declared Rahul fit to play the next match?

B

Are they declaring Rahul fit to play the next match?

Are they declaring Rahul fit to play the next match?

C

Has Rahul declared the next match fit to play?

Has Rahul declared the next match fit to play?

D

Did they declare Rahul fit to play the next match?

Did they declare Rahul fit to play the next match?


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

Have they declared Rahul fit to play the next match?

Have they declared Rahul fit to play the next match?


Questions beginning with have/has/had Normal structure of interrogative sentence in active voice starting with have/has/had is

Have/has/had + subject + V-3 + object ? (Active Voice)

Ex: Has she cooked the food? (Active Voice)

(Here ‘she’ is subject, ‘cooked’ is V-3 (past participle) of cook and ‘the food’ is object.)

from the above explaination, Option A is most appropriate.

Question 159

Select the most appropriate active form of the given sentence.

Those who help themselves are helped by God.

Select the most appropriate active form of the given sentence.

Those who help themselves are helped by God.


Options

A

Help yourself and God will help you.

Help yourself and God will help you.

B

God is helping those who are helping others.

God is helping those who are helping others.

C

If you help yourself, God will help you.

If you help yourself, God will help you.

D

God helps those who help themselves.

God helps those who help themselves.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

God helps those who help themselves.

God helps those who help themselves.


this is a case of optative sentence:

May + O(In subject form) + 3V + by + S(In object form)
OR
May + O + 3V + by + S

according the rules stated above, Option D is most appropriate.

Question 160

Select the most appropriate one word to substitute the given group of words.

one who lives on others

Select the most appropriate one word to substitute the given group of words.

one who lives on others


Options

A

shrewd

shrewd

B

hypocrite

hypocrite

C

parasite

parasite

D

flatterer

flatterer


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

parasite

parasite


option C parasite, is the right word for above set of words here,

other options;

shrewd-able to make good decisions because you understand a situation well

hypocrite-a person who pretends to have moral standards or opinions which he/she does not really have. Hypocrites say one thing and do another

flatterer-

a person who lavishes praise, often insincerely; a sycophant.

Question 161

Select the most appropriate one word to substitute the given group of words.

a case for keeping a sword

Select the most appropriate one word to substitute the given group of words.

a case for keeping a sword


Options

A

sleeve

sleeve

B

quiver

quiver

C

wrapper

wrapper

D

sheath

sheath


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

sheath

sheath


option D sheath is the right word for the given set of words here,

 other options

sleeve- a part of the garment that coveres the arms

quiver- to shake lightly

wrapper- a piece of paper or plastic; which covers something you buy

Question 162

Select the word which means the same as the group of words given.

a large single detached house with single or double story

Select the word which means the same as the group of words given.

a large single detached house with single or double story


Options

A

Suite

Suite

B

Apartment

Apartment

C

Penthouse

Penthouse

D

Bungalow

Bungalow


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

Bungalow

Bungalow


option D bungalow is the right word for the above set of words here,

other options'

suite- a set of rooms, especially in a hotel

apartment- a set of rooms rented for a holiday.

penthouse- an expensive flat at the top of a tall building.

 

Question 163

Given below are four sentences in jumbled order. Pick the option that gives their correct order.
A. We have flower arrangements to suit everybody at all prices.
B. We also make paying easy, and we accept all major credit cards at our shops or you can pay online.
C. Whether it is birthdays, weddings, or even the sad times like funerals, Fancy Flowers is there to make it easy. 
D. Established in 2002, Fancy Flowers has branches all over the country.

Given below are four sentences in jumbled order. Pick the option that gives their correct order.
A. We have flower arrangements to suit everybody at all prices.
B. We also make paying easy, and we accept all major credit cards at our shops or you can pay online.
C. Whether it is birthdays, weddings, or even the sad times like funerals, Fancy Flowers is there to make it easy. 
D. Established in 2002, Fancy Flowers has branches all over the country.


Options

A

CADB

CADB

B

DBCA

DBCA

C

ADBC

ADBC

D

DACB

DACB


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

DACB

DACB


option D is the right answer that is DACB

D has the introduction of the business fancy flowers.

and A has the further description about their work so 
DA is a pair.

now in B  we have the word also, in the beginning which indicates it needs an another sentene before it which is c in which the writer has described the occasion they have flowers to suit on, so CB is a correct pair as well

Question 164

Select the most appropriate direct form of the given sentence.

The driver asked a passerby if he could tell him the way to the market.

Select the most appropriate direct form of the given sentence.

The driver asked a passerby if he could tell him the way to the market.


Options

A

The driver said to a passerby, “Tell me the way to the market, will you”

The driver said to a passerby, “Tell me the way to the market, will you”

B

The driver said to a passerby, “Can you tell me the way to the market?”

The driver said to a passerby, “Can you tell me the way to the market?”

C

The driver said to a passerby, “Could he tell him the way to the market?”

The driver said to a passerby, “Could he tell him the way to the market?”

D

The driver said to a passerby, “Please, will you tell me the way to the market?”

The driver said to a passerby, “Please, will you tell me the way to the market?”


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

The driver said to a passerby, “Can you tell me the way to the market?”

The driver said to a passerby, “Can you tell me the way to the market?”


option B is the right answer according to the rules

said to is changed into asked(interrogative)

and in  place of commas wh word is used 

Direct Speech

Indirect Speech

Can

Could

May

Might

Must

Had to/ Would have to

Should

Should

Might

Might

Could

Could

Would

Would

Ought to

Ought to

 

Question 165

Select the most appropriate direct form of the given sentence.

Father told Avika to stop watching the TV and eat her food.

Select the most appropriate direct form of the given sentence.

Father told Avika to stop watching the TV and eat her food.


Options

A

Father said to Avika, “ Stop eating the TV and watch your food.”

Father said to Avika, “ Stop eating the TV and watch your food.”

B

Father said, “Avika, Why can’t you stop watching the TV and eat your food?”

Father said, “Avika, Why can’t you stop watching the TV and eat your food?”

C

Father said, “Avika, stop watching the TV and eat her food.”

Father said, “Avika, stop watching the TV and eat her food.”

D

Father said, “Avika, stop watching the TV and eat your food.”

Father said, “Avika, stop watching the TV and eat your food.”


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

Father said, “Avika, stop watching the TV and eat your food.”

Father said, “Avika, stop watching the TV and eat your food.”


option d is the right answer accordig to the rules here;

Narration change of imperative sentence

We change the “Reporting Verb” of direct speech into indirect speech according to the tense at the time of narration change. I have mentioned the reporting verb below.

 

Imperative    Sentence

Direct

Indirect

Say

Order/request/advise/command

[,]

Aff- to

Neg- not to

 

When we change the reported speech of imperative sentences, we use “Order/ request/ advise/ command” instead of “Say/ Say to”. Then we use “To” for affirmative sentences and “Not to” for negative sentences instead of comma marks.

Question 166

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No Improvement’.

The little boy did many mischiefs in school.

Select the option that will improve the underlined part of the sentence. In case no improvement is needed, select ‘No Improvement’.

The little boy did many mischiefs in school.


Options

A

performed many mischiefs

performed many mischiefs

B

made much mischief

made much mischief

C

did much mischiefs

did much mischiefs

D

No Improvement

No Improvement


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

made much mischief

made much mischief


option B is the right answer here, 

did many mischiefs should be replaced with made much mischiefs.

the question has two concepts in it, the first is michiefs is an uncountable noun and so can not take many (shows number) before it so much is the correct use.

other is make mischief is the fixed phrase , so did should be replaced with made

Question 167

Select the word which means the same as the group of words given.

person who moves from one place to another, with intentions of finding work and settling, permanently or temporarily, at a new location

Select the word which means the same as the group of words given.

person who moves from one place to another, with intentions of finding work and settling, permanently or temporarily, at a new location


Options

A

Migrant

Migrant

B

Tramp

Tramp

C

Vagrant

Vagrant

D

Nomad

Nomad


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

Migrant

Migrant


option A migrant is the right answer here,

other words;

tramp- a person who has no job or home thus moves to place from place

vagrant- a person having no home or job and asks people for money

nomad - a member of tribe that moves with its animals from place to place

 

Question 168

Identify the segment in the sentence which contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

At one time birds and animals lived peaceful together.

Identify the segment in the sentence which contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

At one time birds and animals lived peaceful together.


Options

A

peaceful together.

peaceful together.

B

At one time

At one time

C

No error

No error

D

birds and animals lived

birds and animals lived


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

peaceful together.

peaceful together.


option A has the error in it

peaceful together should be replaced with peacefully together.

here the word peaceful qualifies the verb live and for this we need an adverb and not the adjetive, so adjectie peacefully is required here.

Question 169

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in active voice.

Nothing can be achieved without hard work.

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in active voice.

Nothing can be achieved without hard work.


Options

A

One has achieved nothing without hard work.

One has achieved nothing without hard work.

B

One can achieve nothing without hard work.

One can achieve nothing without hard work.

C

One could achieve nothing without hard work.

One could achieve nothing without hard work.

D

One will achieve nothing without hard work.

One will achieve nothing without hard work.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

One can achieve nothing without hard work.

One can achieve nothing without hard work.


option B is the right answer according to the rules

In general, we follow this structure to use modal verbs in the passive voice:

Modal verb + be + past participle

 

Question 170

Select the word which means the same as the group of words given.

an animal or person that eats a variety of food of both plant and animal origin.

Select the word which means the same as the group of words given.

an animal or person that eats a variety of food of both plant and animal origin.


Options

A

Omnivore

Omnivore

B

Cannibal

Cannibal

C

Herbivore

Herbivore

D

Carnivore

Carnivore


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

Omnivore

Omnivore


option A omnivore is the correct word for the given set of words here,

other words;

cannibal- a person who eats other human beings

herbivore- an animal who eats grass and plants

carnivore- any animal that eats meat

Question 171

Identify the segment in the sentence which contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

If you are going downhill you can go much fast.

Identify the segment in the sentence which contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

If you are going downhill you can go much fast.


Options

A

you can go

you can go

B

If you are going downhill

If you are going downhill

C

much fast.

much fast.

D

No error

No error


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

much fast.

much fast.


option C is the right answer here, 

we need to replace much fast with much faster.

after much comparative form of adjective is required so much faster is the correct usage

Question 172

Select the wrongly spelt word.

Select the wrongly spelt word.


Options

A

Platinum

Platinum

B

Plataue

Plataue

C

Plantain

Plantain

D

Plaque

Plaque


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

Plataue

Plataue


option B is the right answer, 

the correct spelling is plateau

the meaning of which is a large high area of flat land.

other three words are spelt correctly

Question 173

Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

As soon the gun shot was heard, people ran out in panic.

Identify the segment that contains a grammatical error.

As soon the gun shot was heard, people ran out in panic.


Options

A

in panic

in panic

B

people ran out

people ran out

C

gun shot was heard

gun shot was heard

D

As soon the

As soon the


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

As soon the

As soon the


option D has the errroneous part, 

as soon should be replaced with as soon as

as...as is a pair and should be used in complete pair in the sentence hence d is the right answer

Question 174

Identify the segment in the sentence which contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

These experiments had been going on since several months.

Identify the segment in the sentence which contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

These experiments had been going on since several months.


Options

A

since several months.

since several months.

B

had been going on

had been going on

C

These experiments

These experiments

D

No error

No error


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

since several months.

since several months.


option A has the errorneous part in it,

we need to use for several months in place of sinced several months

the word 'for' is used to show a period of time, be it in the past, present or future. The word 'since' is used to refer to a time that has begun in the past and is still continuing.

Question 175

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.

She said to me, “Don’t worry about me.”

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.

She said to me, “Don’t worry about me.”


Options

A

She told me to not be worried about her.

She told me to not be worried about her.

B

She told me don’t worry about her.

She told me don’t worry about her.

C

She told me to not to worry about me.

She told me to not to worry about me.

D

She told me not to worry about her.

She told me not to worry about her.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

She told me not to worry about her.

She told me not to worry about her.


option D is the right answer according to rules of narration for imparative sentences:

Narration change of imperative sentence

We change the “Reporting Verb” of direct speech into indirect speech according to the tense at the time of narration change. I have mentioned the reporting verb below.

 

Imperative    Sentence

Direct

Indirect

Say

Order/request/advise/command

[,]

Aff- to

Neg- not to

 

When we change the reported speech of imperative sentences, we use “Order/ request/ advise/ command” instead of “Say/ Say to”. Then we use “To” for affirmative sentences and “Not to” for negative sentences instead of comma marks.

Question 176

Select the most appropriate direct form of the given sentence.

I asked the carpenter how long he would take to polish my furniture.

Select the most appropriate direct form of the given sentence.

I asked the carpenter how long he would take to polish my furniture.


Options

A

I said to carpenter, “How long you would take to polish my furniture?”

I said to carpenter, “How long you would take to polish my furniture?”

B

I said to carpenter, “How long will you take to polish my furniture?”

I said to carpenter, “How long will you take to polish my furniture?”

C

I said to carpenter, “How long he would take to polish my furniture?”

I said to carpenter, “How long he would take to polish my furniture?”

D

I said to carpenter, “How long he would take to polish his furniture?”

I said to carpenter, “How long he would take to polish his furniture?”


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

I said to carpenter, “How long will you take to polish my furniture?”

I said to carpenter, “How long will you take to polish my furniture?”


according to the rules option B is the right answer here,

In the below table, we are sharing how tense changes into Indirect speech.

 

Direct Speech

Indirect Speech

Present simple

 (Subject +V1st + Object)

Past simple

(Subject +V2 + Object)

Present continuous

 (Subject +is/am/are+V1 +ing+ Object)

Past Continuous

(Subject +was/were+V1 +ing+ Object)

Present perfect

(Subject + has/have+V3+Object)

Past perfect

(Subject+had+V3+Object)

Past simple

(Subject+V2+Object)

Past perfect

(Subject+had+V3+Object)

Past Continuous

(Subject +was/were+V1 +ing+ Object)

Past perfect continuous

(Subject +had been+V1 +ing+ Object)

Future simple

(Subject+ will/shall+V1+object)

Present Conditional

(Subject+ would+V1+object)

Future Continuous

(Subject +will/shall+be+V1 +ing+ Object)

Conditional Continuous

(Subject +would+be+V1 +ing+ Object)

Question 177

Select the word which means the same as the group of words given.

a doctor who specializes in heart diseases

Select the word which means the same as the group of words given.

a doctor who specializes in heart diseases


Options

A

 Nephrologist

 Nephrologist

B

 Urologist

 Urologist

C

 Cardiologist

 Cardiologist

D

 Dermatologist

 Dermatologist


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

 Cardiologist

 Cardiologist


option C is the correct word for the given set of words here 

other options;

nephrologist- a doctor of kidneys

urologist-a doctor of disorders of urinary system

dermatologist- a doctor of skin disease.

 

Question 178

Select the most appropriate active form of the given sentence.

Not much damage to the life and property was caused by the cyclone in July this year at the Andhra coast.

Select the most appropriate active form of the given sentence.

Not much damage to the life and property was caused by the cyclone in July this year at the Andhra coast.


Options

A

The cyclone did not cause much damage to the life and property in July this year at the Andhra coast.

The cyclone did not cause much damage to the life and property in July this year at the Andhra coast.

B

The Andhra coast did not cause much damage to the life and property in July this year at the cyclone.

The Andhra coast did not cause much damage to the life and property in July this year at the cyclone.

C

The cyclone could not cause much damage to the life and property in July this year at the.

The cyclone could not cause much damage to the life and property in July this year at the.

D

The cyclone has not caused much damage to the life and property in July this year at the Andhra coast.

The cyclone has not caused much damage to the life and property in July this year at the Andhra coast.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

The cyclone did not cause much damage to the life and property in July this year at the Andhra coast.

The cyclone did not cause much damage to the life and property in July this year at the Andhra coast.


option A is correct according to the rules below

Active and Passive Voice Rules for Past Simple Tense

 

Here in the below table, you can check Active and Passive Voice Rules for past simple tense.

 

Active Voice

Passive Voice

(Auxiliary Verb- was/were)

Subject + V2+ object

Object+ was/were V3+ by + subject

Subject +did+ not+v1+ object

Object + was/were+ not +V3+ by Subject

Did+ subject+V1+ object+?

Was/were + Object+ V3+ by subject +?

Question 179

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order forming a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. Miss Tredgold rapped on the door twice with her gloved knuckle.
B. A few moments passed before the door opened to reveal a man in grey sweater and blue jeans.
C. Florentyna stood by her side, silent for the first time since leaving school.
D.At last they came to a halt outside a newly painted red door which displayed the number 118.

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order forming a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. Miss Tredgold rapped on the door twice with her gloved knuckle.
B. A few moments passed before the door opened to reveal a man in grey sweater and blue jeans.
C. Florentyna stood by her side, silent for the first time since leaving school.
D.At last they came to a halt outside a newly painted red door which displayed the number 118.


Options

A

ADBC

ADBC

B

CDAB

CDAB

C

DACB

DACB

D

DBCA

DBCA


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

DACB

DACB


option C is the right answer here, which is DACB

in D they have introduced a new red door (seems odd at first but is the right beginning)

now in A a lady knocks at the door which is connected to D and should come after D

again C states that they waited till the door opens,

and finally in B we see someone opening the door.

so  it is a sequence just like a storyline

Question 180

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in active voice.

The money shall have been withdrawn from the bank by tomorrow.

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in active voice.

The money shall have been withdrawn from the bank by tomorrow.


Options

A

We shall have withdrawn the money from the bank by tomorrow.

We shall have withdrawn the money from the bank by tomorrow.

B

We are going to withdraw the money from the bank by tomorrow.

We are going to withdraw the money from the bank by tomorrow.

C

We shall withdraw the money from the bank by tomorrow.

We shall withdraw the money from the bank by tomorrow.

D

We shall be withdrawing the money from the bank by tomorrow.

We shall be withdrawing the money from the bank by tomorrow.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

We shall have withdrawn the money from the bank by tomorrow.

We shall have withdrawn the money from the bank by tomorrow.


option A is the right answer according to the rules below:

Active and Passive Voice Rules for Future Perfect Tense

 

Here, we are sharing the Active Voice and Passive Voice Rules chart for future perfect tense.

 

Active Voice

Passive Voice

Subject + will+ have +v3+ object.

Object+ will+ have+ been +V3+ by + subject

Subject + will+ have +not+v3+ object.

Object + will+ have +not+been+v3+ subject

Will+ Subject+have+v3+ object+?

Will + object+have+been+v3+by +subject+?

Question 181

Select the most appropriate option to improve the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to improve it, select ‘no improvement required’.

Learning a poem by heart is meaningless if you do not understand it.

Select the most appropriate option to improve the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to improve it, select ‘no improvement required’.

Learning a poem by heart is meaningless if you do not understand it.


Options

A

Learning a poem in heart

Learning a poem in heart

B

Learn a poem by heart

Learn a poem by heart

C

no improvement required

no improvement required

D

To learning a poem at heart

To learning a poem at heart


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

no improvement required

no improvement required


learning something by heart is the correct usage, 

so above sentence is absolutely correct and needs no imporvement.

option C is the right answser.

Question 182

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.

The young man said to his father, “Pardon me, sir.”

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.

The young man said to his father, “Pardon me, sir.”


Options

A

The young man begged of his father to pardon him.

The young man begged of his father to pardon him.

B

The young man begged of his father to pardon me.

The young man begged of his father to pardon me.

C

The young man requested to his father pardon me, sir.

The young man requested to his father pardon me, sir.

D

The young man told his father pardon me.

The young man told his father pardon me.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

The young man begged of his father to pardon him.

The young man begged of his father to pardon him.


option A is the correct answer according to the rules for imparative sentence narrations

basic rules are as follows:

When we change the reported speech of imperative sentences, we use “Order/ request/ advise/begged command” instead of “Say/ Say to”. Then we use “To” for affirmative sentences and “Not to” for negative sentences instead of comma marks.

Question 183

Select the most appropriate option to improve the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to improve it, select ‘no improvement required’.

His tone was neither of anger nor sorrow.

Select the most appropriate option to improve the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to improve it, select ‘no improvement required’.

His tone was neither of anger nor sorrow.


Options

A

or of sorrow

or of sorrow

B

or sorrow

or sorrow

C

no improvement required

no improvement required

D

nor of sorrow

nor of sorrow


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

nor of sorrow

nor of sorrow


option D is the correct answer here, according to the rule of parellelism

In English grammar, parallelism (also called parallel structure or parallel construction) is the repetition of the same grammatical form in two or more parts of a sentence.

so nor of  is the right form to use here

Question 184

Given below are four sentences in jumbled order. Pick the option that gives their correct order.
A. These fields in the countryside have often been treated with pesticides which are harmful to bees.
B. There is a new buzz in towns and cities in Great Britain. 
C. Bee-keepers living in the towns have begun to outnumber those in the country because plants growing in towns can offer more exciting nectar than fields in the countryside.
D. Bee-keeping, normally practised by people living in the country, has become a fashionable hobby for those who live and work in the cities.

Given below are four sentences in jumbled order. Pick the option that gives their correct order.
A. These fields in the countryside have often been treated with pesticides which are harmful to bees.
B. There is a new buzz in towns and cities in Great Britain. 
C. Bee-keepers living in the towns have begun to outnumber those in the country because plants growing in towns can offer more exciting nectar than fields in the countryside.
D. Bee-keeping, normally practised by people living in the country, has become a fashionable hobby for those who live and work in the cities.


Options

A

BCAD

BCAD

B

BDCA

BDCA

C

CDAB

CDAB

D

CBAD

CBAD


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

BDCA

BDCA


option B BDCA is the right answer here,

let's try to understand how;

in B we get to know about the buzz so it is the inroductory part, 

 and in D further details about bee keeping are added so BD is a pair

now in c we get to know about where they live, and  we have BDC in only one option that is B

Question 185

Select the most appropriate option to improve the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to improve it, select ‘no improvement required’.

Saroj has been suffering with osteoporosis from when she was fifty years old.

Select the most appropriate option to improve the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to improve it, select ‘no improvement required’.

Saroj has been suffering with osteoporosis from when she was fifty years old.


Options

A

from osteoporosis from when

from osteoporosis from when

B

with osteoporosis since

with osteoporosis since

C

from osteoporosis since

from osteoporosis since

D

no improvement required

no improvement required


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

from osteoporosis since

from osteoporosis since


option c is the right answer,

with osteoporosis from when should be replaced with, from osteoporosis since, 

since is used 

from a particular time in the past until a later time in the past or until now

Question 186

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.

He likes people to flatter him.

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in passive voice.

He likes people to flatter him.


Options

A

He likes to have been flattered by people.

He likes to have been flattered by people.

B

He likes to be flattered by people.

He likes to be flattered by people.

C

He liked to be flattered by people.

He liked to be flattered by people.

D

He likes people to be flattered by him.

He likes people to be flattered by him.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

He likes to be flattered by people.

He likes to be flattered by people.


according to the rules option B is the right answer here,

Active and Passive Voice Rules for Present Simple Tense

 

Here in this table, we are elaborating Rules of Active and Passive Voice with examples for Present Simple.

 

Active Voice

Passive Voice

(Auxiliary Verb – is/am/are)

Subject + V1+s/es+ object

Object+ is/am/are+ V3+ by + subject

Subject + Do/does+ not + V1 + Object

Object + is/am/are+ not + V3+ by Subject

Does+ Subject+ V1+Object+?

Is/am/are + Object+ V3+ by subject +?

Question 187

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order forming a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. And every time I stood under the shower, she shouted, “Don't waste water.”
B. She had poisoned my mind with the lectures on social awareness, equal rights for the poor, India's socio-ecological problems.
C. Every time I was about to take my first bite of a hot buttered Roti she reminded me of the starving millions in our country and in the whole wide world.
D. It was Priyanka's fault - that stupid sister of mine- the social activist.

Given below are four jumbled sentences. Select the option that gives their correct order forming a meaningful and coherent paragraph.
A. And every time I stood under the shower, she shouted, “Don't waste water.”
B. She had poisoned my mind with the lectures on social awareness, equal rights for the poor, India's socio-ecological problems.
C. Every time I was about to take my first bite of a hot buttered Roti she reminded me of the starving millions in our country and in the whole wide world.
D. It was Priyanka's fault - that stupid sister of mine- the social activist.


Options

A

DACB

DACB

B

ADBC

ADBC

C

DBCA

DBCA

D

CDAB

CDAB


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

DBCA

DBCA


option C DBCA is the right set of sentences to make a meaningful paragraph.

let's understand in steps;

D has noun priyanka in it and similarly B has pronoun She in it so these two form a pair together so the para should be start with DB

now C has every time and A has and every time in the beginning and in the beginning of sentence A states that it should come after c 

so CA is a pair again

so the correct answer is DBCA

Question 188

Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

“Oh, how could I ever thank you, Sir!” said the convict to the Bishop.

Select the most appropriate indirect form of the given sentence.

“Oh, how could I ever thank you, Sir!” said the convict to the Bishop.


Options

A

The convict told the Bishop that it was difficult for him to thank him.

The convict told the Bishop that it was difficult for him to thank him.

B

Exclaiming gratefully, the convict said to the Bishop that he could never thank him enough.

Exclaiming gratefully, the convict said to the Bishop that he could never thank him enough.

C

The convict exclaimed gratefully to the Bishop that how he could ever thank him.

The convict exclaimed gratefully to the Bishop that how he could ever thank him.

D

The convict said to the Bishop that he could never thank him enough.

The convict said to the Bishop that he could never thank him enough.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

Exclaiming gratefully, the convict said to the Bishop that he could never thank him enough.

Exclaiming gratefully, the convict said to the Bishop that he could never thank him enough.


option B is the right answer according to the rules here,

In the below table, we are sharing how tense changes into Indirect speech.

 

Direct Speech

Indirect Speech

Present simple

 (Subject +V1st + Object)

Past simple

(Subject +V2 + Object)

Present continuous

 (Subject +is/am/are+V1 +ing+ Object)

Past Continuous

(Subject +was/were+V1 +ing+ Object)

Present perfect

(Subject + has/have+V3+Object)

Past perfect

(Subject+had+V3+Object)

Past simple

(Subject+V2+Object)

Past perfect

(Subject+had+V3+Object)

Past Continuous

(Subject +was/were+V1 +ing+ Object)

Past perfect continuous

(Subject +had been+V1 +ing+ Object)

Future simple

(Subject+ will/shall+V1+object)

Present Conditional

(Subject+ would+V1+object)

Future Continuous

(Subject +will/shall+be+V1 +ing+ Object)

Conditional Continuous

(Subject +would+be+V1 +ing+ Object)

Question 189

Select the most appropriate one word to substitute the given group of words.

one who is all powerful

Select the most appropriate one word to substitute the given group of words.

one who is all powerful


Options

A

omnipotent

omnipotent

B

sovereign

sovereign

C

emperor

emperor

D

conqueror

conqueror


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

omnipotent

omnipotent


option A is the right answer for the above set of words

other options;

soverign-a supreme ruler;king or queen

emperor-a soverign ruler of an empire

conqurere- one who overcomes and takes control of

Question 190

Select the most appropriate passive form of the given sentence.

Let your son manage your business after your retirement.

Select the most appropriate passive form of the given sentence.

Let your son manage your business after your retirement.


Options

A

Let your business be managed by your son after your retirement.

Let your business be managed by your son after your retirement.

B

Your business can be managed by your son after your retirement.

Your business can be managed by your son after your retirement.

C

Let your retirement be managed by your son after your business.

Let your retirement be managed by your son after your business.

D

Your business is being managed by your son after your retirement.

Your business is being managed by your son after your retirement.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

Let your business be managed by your son after your retirement.

Let your business be managed by your son after your retirement.


option A is the right answer accoding to the rules of voices

that are as below

active- let+ subject+ v1+ object

passive- let+ object + be + v3+ by + subject.

 

Question 191

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.

He said, “Oh, how I would have loved to visit Kashmir this year.”

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.

He said, “Oh, how I would have loved to visit Kashmir this year.”


Options

A

He exclaimed how I would have loved to visit Kashmir this year.

He exclaimed how I would have loved to visit Kashmir this year.

B

He exclaimed that he would have really loved to visit Kashmir that year.

He exclaimed that he would have really loved to visit Kashmir that year.

C

He exclaimed that how he would have loved to visit Kashmir that year.

He exclaimed that how he would have loved to visit Kashmir that year.

D

He said that he will have loved to visit Kashmir this year.

He said that he will have loved to visit Kashmir this year.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

He exclaimed that he would have really loved to visit Kashmir that year.

He exclaimed that he would have really loved to visit Kashmir that year.


option B is the correct answer according to the rules of narration

In indirect speech, the exclamatory phrase or word (interjection) is replaced by ‘exclaimed with joy, sorrow, regret, surprise, contempt etc.’

The connective that has to be supplied in the indirect speech.

Examples are given below:

Direct: The boy said, ‘Hurrah! We have won the match.’
Indirect: The boy exclaimed with joy that they had won the match.

Question 192

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.

My friend said, “Hello! What are you doing here?”

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in indirect speech.

My friend said, “Hello! What are you doing here?”


Options

A

My friend wished me and asked me what was I doing here.

My friend wished me and asked me what was I doing here.

B

My friend greeted me and asked me what I was doing there.

My friend greeted me and asked me what I was doing there.

C

My friend said hello and asked me what was I doing there.

My friend said hello and asked me what was I doing there.

D

My friend said hello to me and asked what were you doing here.

My friend said hello to me and asked what were you doing here.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

My friend greeted me and asked me what I was doing there.

My friend greeted me and asked me what I was doing there.


according to the rules,

hello should be changed into greeted and said to into- asked(interrogative sentence)

again present continuous should be changed into past continuous tense

and interrogative sturcture should be converted into affirmative 

so the correct answer for the given question is option B

Question 193

Identify the segment in the sentence which contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

If you study hard, you surely got selected for the scholarship.

Identify the segment in the sentence which contains a grammatical error. If there is no error, select ‘No error’.

If you study hard, you surely got selected for the scholarship.


Options

A

No error

No error

B

for the scholarship.

for the scholarship.

C

you surely got selected

you surely got selected

D

If you study hard

If you study hard


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

you surely got selected

you surely got selected


option C has the errorneous part in it.

you surely got selected should be replaced with yowill surely get selected.

when one part of the sentence is given in present tense, the other should be in future tense. that is the rule.

 

Question 194

Select the most appropriate passive form of the given sentence.

Please do not pluck any flowers from the temple compound.

Select the most appropriate passive form of the given sentence.

Please do not pluck any flowers from the temple compound.


Options

A

No flowers can be plucked from the temple compound.

No flowers can be plucked from the temple compound.

B

You are requested not to pluck any flowers from the temple compound.

You are requested not to pluck any flowers from the temple compound.

C

How can any flowers be plucked from the temple compound?

How can any flowers be plucked from the temple compound?

D

Let any flowers not to be plucked from the temple compound.

Let any flowers not to be plucked from the temple compound.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

You are requested not to pluck any flowers from the temple compound.

You are requested not to pluck any flowers from the temple compound.


option B is the right answer according to the rules

active- do not+ v1+ object

Passive- you are requested/ordered/advised + not to + v1 + object 

or

you are forbade + to + v1 + object 

so the correct passive form will be , you are requested not to pluck flowers...

Question 195

Given below are four sentences in jumbled order. Pick the option that gives their correct order.
A. It is celebrated on November 5th usually.
B. A man called Guy Fawkes tried to blow up the King with gunpowder over 400 years ago.
C. A couple of days after you arrive we'll have Bonfire Night. 
D. It's only held in England as it marks a moment in our history. 

Given below are four sentences in jumbled order. Pick the option that gives their correct order.
A. It is celebrated on November 5th usually.
B. A man called Guy Fawkes tried to blow up the King with gunpowder over 400 years ago.
C. A couple of days after you arrive we'll have Bonfire Night. 
D. It's only held in England as it marks a moment in our history. 


Options

A

CBDA

CBDA

B

BACD

BACD

C

BDAC

BDAC

D

CADB

CADB


Solution:

Correct Answer:

D

CADB

CADB


option D is the right answer here, we have sequence CADB that is right.

in C  they have introduced the festiveal bonfire night,

now in A the time in which it is celebrated is mentioned 

next D is the place it is celebrated in, and finally B the person who started it,

it can be done by basic understanding only.

Question 196

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in direct speech.

The teacher asked me why I had reached the examination hall so late.

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in direct speech.

The teacher asked me why I had reached the examination hall so late.


Options

A

The teacher said to me, “Why had I reached the examination hall so late?”

The teacher said to me, “Why had I reached the examination hall so late?”

B

The teacher said to me, “Why did you reach the examination hall so late?”

The teacher said to me, “Why did you reach the examination hall so late?”

C

The teacher said to me, “Why are you reaching the examination hall so late?”

The teacher said to me, “Why are you reaching the examination hall so late?”

D

The teacher said to me, “Why you reached the examination hall so late?”

The teacher said to me, “Why you reached the examination hall so late?”


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

The teacher said to me, “Why did you reach the examination hall so late?”

The teacher said to me, “Why did you reach the examination hall so late?”


option B is the right answer according to the rules

Past simple

(Subject+V2+Object)

Past perfect

(Subject+had+V3+Object)

 

also we change said to in asked in interrogative sentences, and the formation of sentence is affirmative and not interrogative

Question 197

Select the most appropriate option to improve the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to improve it, select ‘no improvement required’.

Nobody was interested in the fish who Gopal had catch from the river.

Select the most appropriate option to improve the underlined segment in the given sentence. If there is no need to improve it, select ‘no improvement required’.

Nobody was interested in the fish who Gopal had catch from the river.


Options

A

which Gopal had catch

which Gopal had catch

B

which Gopal had caught

which Gopal had caught

C

no improvement required

no improvement required

D

who Gopal had caught

who Gopal had caught


Solution:

Correct Answer:

B

which Gopal had caught

which Gopal had caught


option B is the right answer, who gopal had catch should be replace with which gopal had caught.

the above phrase has two errors in it

who is used for persons/peoples and which is used for animals and non living things, so for fish which should be used

next after has/have/haed we use third form of the verb so caught should be used in place of catch

Question 198

Fill in the blank with the most appropriate word.

The boy ______ to take the money.

Fill in the blank with the most appropriate word.

The boy ______ to take the money.


Options

A

refused

refused

B

reminded

reminded

C

ordered

ordered

D

denied

denied


Solution:

Correct Answer:

A

refused

refused


option B and C are already out from the scene as they are irrelevant here, 

now let's try to understand the slight difference between refused and denied 

Deny and refuse have negative connotations. At first they seem very similar, but they are not easily interchangeable. Deny usually speaks of dismissing the truth but can also be used to refuse an activity or believe in something. Refuse is used to turn down an offer or negate taking part in an activity

so refused option A is the right answer here.

Question 199

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in active voice.

An enquiry is demanded by us.

Select the option that expresses the given sentence in active voice.

An enquiry is demanded by us.


Options

A

We are demanding an enquiry.

We are demanding an enquiry.

B

We will demand an enquiry.

We will demand an enquiry.

C

We demand an enquiry.

We demand an enquiry.

D

We have demanded an enquiry.

We have demanded an enquiry.


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

We demand an enquiry.

We demand an enquiry.


option C is right according to the rule here,

Active and Passive Voice Rules for Present Simple Tense

 

Here in this table, we are elaborating Rules of Active and Passive Voice with examples for Present Simple.

 

Active Voice

Passive Voice

(Auxiliary Verb – is/am/are)

Subject + V1+s/es+ object

Object+ is/am/are+ V3+ by + subject

Subject + Do/does+ not + V1 + Object

Object + is/am/are+ not + V3+ by Subject

Does+ Subject+ V1+Object+?

Is/am/are + Object+ V3+ by subject +?

 

Active and Passive Voice Example with Answers of Present Simple Tense

 

Active: He reads a novel.

Passive: A novel is read

Question 200

Given below are four sentences in jumbled order. Pick the option that gives their correct order.
A. Thus, Daphne cannot resist the opportunity to scold them about their behaviour.
B. The children have been annoying each other just before the meal starts.
C. Daphne's family mealtimes are usually tense because this is a time when conflicts in the family surface.
D. Also, they are rude about the food she has cooked, and Daphne gets upset by this.

Given below are four sentences in jumbled order. Pick the option that gives their correct order.
A. Thus, Daphne cannot resist the opportunity to scold them about their behaviour.
B. The children have been annoying each other just before the meal starts.
C. Daphne's family mealtimes are usually tense because this is a time when conflicts in the family surface.
D. Also, they are rude about the food she has cooked, and Daphne gets upset by this.


Options

A

BACD

BACD

B

BCAD

BCAD

C

CBDA

CBDA

D

CDAB

CDAB


Solution:

Correct Answer:

C

CBDA

CBDA


trick to tackle quickly- in sentence A we have thus in starting of the statement.

thus usually talks about the result/conclusion and always comes at last so from here we know A should come in last and only C is such option so the correct answer is C

now let's understand this in detail

in C we have the introduction of the topic which is going to be discussed in the passage.

no in B we further explained the scene about the fights,

D has also in the beginning and forms correct pair with B, hence BD is a pair

and at last thus indicates that A should come in last

Types of Web Hosting

21-Apr-2023 06:03:43 | BLOG


types of web hosting


Read More

How to choose best web hosting

27-Sep-2022 09:46:18 | BLOG


best hosting


Read More

A2 Hosting Review

27-Sep-2022 09:45:14 | BLOG


a2 hosting


Read More

HostPapa Review

27-Sep-2022 09:44:24 | BLOG


hostpapa


Read More

Dreamhost Review

27-Sep-2022 09:43:44 | BLOG


dreamhost


Read More

Hostgator Review

27-Sep-2022 09:43:02 | BLOG


hostgator


Read More

Hostinger Review

27-Sep-2022 09:42:05 | BLOG


Hostinger


Read More

inMotion Hosting Review

27-Sep-2022 09:41:15 | BLOG


inmotion


Read More